Skip to main content

Full text of "Harness making"

See other formats


^It^t^ 


Magazines. 


The   Quiver.    For  Sunday  and  General  Reading.    Monthly,  6d. 

Cassell's  Magazine.    Monthly,  6d. 

Little    Folks.     Monthly,  6d. 

The    Penny   Magazine.   Profusely  Illustrated.    Weekly,  \d.  ; 
Monthly,  td. 

Cassell's  Saturday  Journal.     Weekly,  id.;  Monthly,  ed. 

Free  Insurance  for  Travellers  and  Cyclists. 

Chums.       The    Illustrated    Paper    for    Boys.        Weekly,     id.  ; 
Mofithly,  ()d. 

Tiny    Tots.      A  Magazine  for  the  Very  Little  Ones. 

Profusely  Illustrated.     Monthly,  id. 

Cassell's  Time  Tables  and  Through=Route  Glance  Guide. 

Free    Insurance  available    for    Train    and    Steamboat.      Enlarged  Series. 
Monthly,  6d. 

CASSELL  &   COMPANY,  Limited,  La  Belle  Sauvage,  London,  E.C. 


Important  Volumes. 

Notes   on  Alternate  Currents   for  Students.     By 

Harold   H     Simmoss,   A.M.I.  t-.E.,   Lecturer   on  Electro-Technics   and 
Senior  Demonstrator  at  Finsbury  Technical  College.    Illustrated,    is.  6d.  net. 

R.  H.  S.  Curves.  By  Professor  R.  H.  Smith.  Set  of  23 
Scaled  Curved  Templates  in  cardboard  box,  with  explanatory  pamphlet, 
10s.  6d.  per  set. 

Cassell's    Cyclopaedia    of     Mechanics.     Edited   by 

Paul  N.  Hasluck.     Three  Series,  each  complete  in  itself  and  containing 
about  1,250  Illustrations.     7s.  6d.  each. 

Practical  Electricity.  Completely  rewritten  by  W.  E. 
AvRTON,  F.R.S.,  etc.  Ci  rrent.  Pressure,  Resistance,  Energy, 
PowEK,  AND  Cells.     With  247  Illustrations.     7s,  6d. 

Numerical  Examples  in  Practical  Mechanics  and 

Machine  Design.     By  R.  G.  Blaine,  M.E.     Illustrated.     2s.  6d. 

Applied    Mechanics.      By  John    Perry,    M.E.,    D.Sc, 

F.R.S.     Illustrated.     7s.  6d. 

Cassell's    Popular    Educator.     With  Coloured  Plates, 

Maps  in  Colours,  and  numerous  Illustrations.     In  Eight  Vols.,  5s.  each. 

Casseirs  Technical  Educator.     With  Coloured  Plates 

and  Engravings.     Cheap  Edition.     In  Six  Vols.,  3s.  6d.  each. 

Lathe  Construction.    By  Paul  N.  Hasluck.    24  Coloured 

Plates  drawn  to  scale.     4d.  each,  or  6s.  per  set. 

Architectural   Drawing.     By  R.   Phen6  Spiers.     With 

26  Plates.     7s.  fed.  net. 

Cassell's  Classified  CatalOg^ue,  containing  particulars 
of  upwards  of  One  Thousand  Voll.mes,  will  be  sent  on  request,  post 
free,  to  any  address. 

CASSELL    &    COMPANY,  Limited,  La  Belle  Sauvage,  London,  E.C. 

Cover  2]  a  [Work  Handbooks 

5.04 


Casseirs    Technical  Manuals. 

Illustrated  throughout    with  Drawings   and   Working    Diagrams, 

bound  in  cloth. 

Building  Construction.     2s. 

Drawing  for   Bricklayers.     3s. 

Drawing  for   Carpenters  and  Joiners.     3s.  6d, 

Drawing  for   Machinists  and  Engineers.     4s.  6d. 

Drawing  for  Stonennasons.     3s. 

Gothic  Stonework.     3s. 

Handrailing  and  Staircasing.     3s.  6d. 

Linear  Drawing  and   Practical  Geometry.     2s. 

Linear  Drawing  and  Projection,  The  Two  Vols,  in  One,  3s  6d. 

Model  Drawing.     3s. 

Orthographical  and  Isonnetrical  Projection.     2s. 

Practical  Perspective.     3s. 

Systematic  Drawing  and  Shading.     2s. 


Manuals  of  Technology, 

Edited    by    Professor    Ayrton,    F.R.S.,    and    Richard 
WORMELL,  D.Sc,  M.A.     Illustrated  throughout. 

The  Dyeing  of  Textile  Fabrics.     By  Prof.  Hummel.     5s. 
Steel  and  Iron.    By  Prof.  W.  H.  Greenwood,  F.C.S.,  etc.    53. 
Spinning  Woollen  and  Worsted.     By  W.  S.  B.  McLaren. 

4s.  6d. 

Design  in  Textile  Fabrics.     By  T.  R.  Ashenhurst.     With 

Coloured  Plates.      4s.  6d. 

Cutting  Tools  worked  by  Hand  and  Machine.     By  Prof. 

R.  H.  Smith.    3s.  6d. 


The  Polytechnic  Series, 

\  Consisting  of  Practical  Illustrated  Manuals  specially  prepared 

for  Students  of  the  Polytechnic  Institute,   Regent    Street, 
London,  and  suitable  for  the  Use  of  all  Students. 

Practical   Plane   and  Solid  Geometry,  including   Graphic 

Arithmetic.     Vol.  I.  Elementary  Stage.  By  Prof.  H.  J.  Spooner, 
C.E.  and  C.l.     Cloth  gilt,  3s. 

Forty  Lessons   in    Engineering  Workshop   Practice.     By 

C.  F.  and  G.  A.  Mitchell,     is.  6d. 

Technical   Scales.     In  set  of  Ten  in  cloth  case.     By   C.   F. 

Mitchell,     is.  per  set. 

Elementary  Chemistry  for  Science  Schools  and  Classes. 

By  Robert  Avey  Ward.     Crown  8vo,  is.  6d. 
Building   Construction    Plates.     A   beries    of  40  Drawings. 

Cloth,   los.  6d.  ;  or  copies  of  any  plate  may  be  obtained  in  quantities 
of  not  less  than  one  dozen,  price  is.  6d.  per  dozen. 

Elements   of   Machine  Construction  and   Drawing.     Fifty 

Sheets.    Size  i6\  x  12^  inches.    Co  nplete  Set  in  Paper  Wrapper,  4s.  6d. 
Also  published  in  One  Volume^  bound  in  cloth,  los.  6d. 

CASSELL  &  COMPANY,  Limited,  Ludgate  Hill,  London,  E.C. 
Face  Cover  2]  l> 


Weekly,   Id.;   Monthly,  6d. 

WORK: 

The  Illustrated  Journal  of  Handicrafts. 
What  Readers  of  WORK  say  of  their  favourite  Journal : 

The  following  is  a  sjnall  selection  from  the  hundreds  of  letters 
received  by  the  Editor : — 

'*  I  owe  to  WORK  a  house  for  my  family,  a  tranquil 
night's  rest,  and  an  education  for  my  children." 

"  I  have  earned  many  pounds  with  WORK  as  my 
tutor ;  it  is  the  best  pennyworth  I  ever  bought." 

"  WORK  has  been  the  means  of  putting  j[^\  a  week 
in  my  pockets  ;  I  shall  never  forget  WORK  as  long  as  I 
live." 

"WORK  has  increased  my  wages  by  los.  per  week  ; 
it  is  the  best  paper  in  existence." 

"  WORK  has  been  as  valuable  to   me  as  a  sold- 


mine." 


Weekly,  Id. ;   Monthly,  6d. 

BUILDING  WORLD. 

The    Illustrated  Journal   for   the    Building   Trades. 

"  Remarkably  well  written ;  the  illustrations  are  well 
executed ;  all  the  items  are  first-class,  and  the  only 
wonder  is  that  such  a  paper  can  be  given  to  the  public 
for  a  penny.  It  is  crammed  full  of  information,  and  is 
fully  illustrated." — Sun. 


Weekly,  Id. 

THE    GARDENER. 

A  Weekly  Journal  for  all  who  Cultivate  Flowers,  Fruit,  and 
Vegetables.  The  Largest,  Cheapest,  Most  Practical,  Most 
Interesting,  and  Most  Profusely  Illustrated  Gardening  Paper 
ever  produced. 

"  An  admirable  journal  for  lovers  of  the  garden. 
.  .  .  It  is  suited  to  the  requirements  both  of  the 
amateur  and  the  professional." — St.  Jameses  Gazette. 

CASSELL    &    COMPANY,    Limited,   Lndgate  Hill,  London,  E.C. 


TUFTS   UNIVERSITY   LIBRARIES 


M'ORK''  HANDBOOKS 


3  9090  013  417  916 


HARNESS   MAKING 


MDSter  Family  Library  of  Veterinary  MrnkM^^^ 

C-^mmings  School  of  Veterinary  Medicine  at 

Ti'fts  University 

200  Westboro  Road  ^ 

North  Grafton,  MA  01536 


HARNESS 


MAKING 


WITH  NUMEROUS  EXGRAVIXGS  AND   DIAGRAMS 


EDITED   BY 


PAUL    N.    HASLUCK 


EDITOR   OF   "work"   AND   "BUILDING   WORLD," 
AUTHOR   OF   "  HANDYBOOKS   FOR   HANDICRAFTS,"   ETC.   EIC. 


CASSELL    AND    COMPANY,    Limited 

LONDON,   PARIS,   NEW  YORK  cfc  MELBOURNE.    MCMIV 


ALL   EIGHTS   RESERVED 


PREFACE. 


This  Handbook  contains,  in  form  convenient  for 
everyday  use,  a  comprehensive  digest  of  tl:e  knowledge 
of  harness  making,  scattered  over  more  than  twenty 
thousand  columns  of  Woek — one  of  the  v.eekly 
journals  it  is  my  fortune  to  edit— and  supplies  concise 
information  on  the  details  of  the  subjects  of  "which 
it  treats. 

In  preparing  for  publication  in  book  form  the  mass 
of  relevant  matter  contained  in  the  volumes  of  Work, 
much  had  to  be  arranged  anew.  However,  it  may  be 
stated  that  the  greater  part  of  the  contents  of  this 
Handbook  consists  substantially  of  matter  contributed 
by  a  working  harness  maker. 

Readers  who  may  desire  additional  information 
respecting  special  details  of  the  matters  dealt  with  in 
this  Handbook,  or  instructions  on  kindred  subjects, 
should  address  a  question  to  Work,  so  that  it  may 
be  answered  in  the  columns  of  that  journal. 


P.  N.   HASLUCK. 


La  Be  le  Salvage,  London, 
May,  190i. 


CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER 

I. — Harness -makers'  Tools  . 
I[. — Harness-makers'  Materials    . 
I  [I.— Strap  Making  and  Stitching 

IV. — Looping 

Y. — Cart  Harness 
Vr.— Cart  Collars  .        .         ,        . 
YIT.— Cart  Saddles,  Reins,  etc. 
YIII.— Fore  Gear  and  Leader  Harness 
IX. — Plough  Harness     . 
X.— Bits,  Spurs,  Stirrups,  and  Harness  Furniture  111 

XL— Yan  and  Cab  Harness 1-" 

Index 1^" 


I'AGE 

9 

20 

49 

57 

62 

.  75 

.  86 

.  101 

.  107 

LIST   OF   ILLUSTRATIONS. 


FIG.  PAGE 

1.— Paring  Knife  .  .  .10 
2.— Hand  Knife  ...  10 
3.— Kound  Knife  .  .  .11 
4.— Head  Knife  .  .  .11 
5. — Cutting  Gauge  .  .  .11 
6. — Plough  or  Plough  Gauge  12 
7.— Side     Elevation     of 

Plough  Gauge  .        .    12 

8.— End  Elevation  of  Plough 

Gauge        .        .        .        .13 
9.— Slitting  Machine     .        .    13 
10. — Spokeshave         .        .        .13 
11. — Edge  Trimmer  .        .    14 

12.— Washer  Cutter  .        .    14 

13. — Round  Punch  .        .    15 

14.— Oval  Punch  ...  15 
15. — Buckle  Tongue,  or  Crew, 

Punch        .        .        .        .15 
16.— Girth  Chape  Punch         .    15 
17.— Brace  End  Punch           .    lb 
18. — Forepart    of    Brace  Enl  '• 
Punch        .        .        .        .     16  I 
19.— Hand  Punch      ...    16 
20.— Hand  Punch  Nipple        .     16 
21  to  24. — Scalloping  Irons     .     16 
25,  26.— Rolette  Punches       .    17 
27.— Lead  Piece         ...     17 
28.— Wooden  Mallet      '  .        .17 
29,  30.— Useful  Wooden  Mal- 
lets      17 

31. — Saddlers'  Hammer  .  .  18 
32. — Pricking-iron  .  .  .18 
33,  34.— Wheel  Prickers  .  .  18 
35. — Screw-race  .        .        .19 

36.— Single  Crease  ...  19 
37.— Screw-crease  .  .  .19 
38.— Checker  .  .  .  .20 
39.— Beveller  ....  20 
40.— Compasses  ...    20 

41. — Race  Compasses  .  .  20 
42,  43.— Awl  Blades  .        .    21 

44.— Sewing  Awl  .  .  .22 
45.— Bent  Awl  ....  22 
46,  47. — Harness  Needles  .  25 
48,  49.— Seat  Awls  ...  23 
50,  51.— Hand-irons  or  Palm- 
irons  .  .  .  .24 
52.— Clamp  or  Clams  .  .  24 
53. — Clamp  for  Sewing  Shaft- 
tugs           .        .        .        .25 


FIG. 

PAGE 

54.- 

-Home   -   made      Clamp 

Holding    Work      . 

25 

55.- 

-Jaws  of  Clamp 

25 

56.- 

-Nail-claw  .... 

23 

57.- 

-Cutting  Pliers  . 

26 

58.- 

-Iron  Collar  Rod 

27 

59.- 

-Steel  Seat-iron 

27 

60.- 

-Loop-stick 

28 

61.- 

-Rubber      .... 

28 

62.- 

-Straining  Fork 

29 

63.- 

-Cutting   up   Hide     . 

39 

64.- 

-Plain  Waist  Belt    . 

53 

65.- 

-Fancy  Waist  Belt  . 

54 

66. 

—  Waist        Belt        with 

Pockets    .... 

55 

67.- 

-Box  Creased  Loop  . 

58 

63.- 

-Box  Creased  Loop  . 

59 

69, 

70.— Box   Creased   Lccps 

60 

71.- 

—Horse  in  Cart  Gear 

62 

72  to  75.— Scotch  Brass  Gear 

Buckles 

63 

76, 

77.— Brass  Face-pieces    . 

64 

78.- 

—Brass  Face-piece    . 

65 

79.- 

—Bells  and  Brush     . 

65 

80, 

81.— Brass  Hame  Plates  . 

65 

82.- 

—Brass  Oval 

66 

82  to  85.— Brass  Octagons      . 

66 

86.- 

—Brass  Heart     . 

66 

87, 

88.— Brass  Stars 

66 

89, 

90.— Brass  Hame  Knobs. 

67 

91, 

92.— Brass  Swing 

67 

93. 

—Ear-piece 

07 

94.- 

—Corner-piece     . 

67 

95. 

—Cart      Collar      without 

Side-piece 

75 

96. 

—Cart   Collar   Lining 

79 

97. 

—Cart  Collar  Side-piece  . 

8-1 

93. 

—Cart  Saddle  Tree  . 

87 

99. 

—Cart  Saddle  Panel 

89 

100. 

—Cart        Saddle        Hind 

Housing    .        .        .        . 

93 

101. 

—Cart       Saddle       Front 

Housing    .        .        .        . 

93 

102 

—Set  of  Leader  Gear 

103 

103, 

104.— Hip-strap  Chains  . 

103 

105 

—  Plough         Back-band 

Hook          .        .        .        . 

109 

106  to  108.— Pelham  Bits 

111 

109. 

— Hackney  Bit    . 

111 

110 

— Bridoon     .        .        .        . 

111 

8 


Ha  R  NESS    Ma  king 


FIG 
111, 

113. 

114. 

115. 
116.- 
117. 
118. 
119.- 
120 


121. 
122. 
125. 
124, 

127. 

123, 

liO. 

131 

132. 

133. 

134 
135 
156 
137 
158. 
139. 
14-0. 
141. 
1^2. 
143. 

144. 
145. 


145.— 

147. 
143. 
149. 


PAGE 

112.— Ladies'  Horse  Bits.  112 
— Pelliam     Snaffle     with 
Indiarubber  Moutli     . 
■Hacliney       Bit       witli 
Indiarubber  Mouth     . 
Gig  Snaffle 
Wilson  Snaffle 
-Liverpool  Bit 
—Globe  Checlc  Curb  Bit  . 
— One-liorn  Bridoon  Bit  . 
—One-horned        Bridoon 
witli  Indiarubber 

Moutli      .... 
—Gig  Curb  Bit  . 
— Buxton  Bit 
—Swivelled  Bridoon  Bit  . 
125.— Breaking  Bits  . 
— Breaking  Bit  . 
—Snaffle       with       India- 
rubber  Moutli 
129. — Exercising  Bits 
— Sliow  or  Stallion  Bit    . 
— Uouble-mouthed  Snaffle 
— Ordinary  Spur 
—  Officer's     Regulation 
Spur         .... 
— Dress  Spur 
— Lady's  Spur     . 
— Trousers  Spur 
-Solid  Stirrup  . 
— Open  Button  Stirrup    . 
— Waving  Ear  Stirrup 
—Lady's  Stirrup 
—Stirrup  Slipper 
—Safety  Stirrup 
—Flat   Side   Wire   Front 
Buckle     .... 
—Front  Bevelled  Buckle 
—Bevelled       Flat       Top 
Buckle     .... 
West  End  Bevelled  Flat 

Top  Buckle    .        .        .118 
Spade  Buckle  .        .  119 

■Square  Wire  Buckle     .  119 
Chatham  Buckle    .        .  119 


112 

112 

113 
113 
113 
113 
113 


114 
114 
114 
114 
114 
115 

115 
lib 
115 
116 
116 

116 

116 
117 
117 
117 
117 
117 
117 
118 


118 

113 

118 


FIG.  PAGE 

150.— Flat      Top     Turned-up 

Buckle  .  .  .  .119 
151.— Fluted  Buckle  .  .  119 
152.— Swelled  Front  Bent-leg 

Buckle  ....  119 
153.— Flat  Top  Cab  Buckle  .*  119 
154.— West        End        Whole 

Buckle  .  .  .  .119 
155.— Chased  Buckle  .  .  120 
156.— Melbourne  Buckle  .  120 
157.— Square  Buckle  .  .  120 
158,  159.— Covered  Buckles  .  120 
160,        161.  —  Part   -   covered 

Buckles  .  .  .  .120 
162.— Shaft  Tug  Buckle  .  .  121 
165.— Burgess's  Buckle  .  .  121 
164.— Ball  Terret  .  .  .121 
165.— Plain  Terret  .  .  .121 
166  to  168.— Ball  Terrets  .  .  122 
169  to  172.— Haines  .  .  123 
173,  174. — Bearing-rein  Swi- 
vels    123 

175,  176.— Roller  Buckles  .  124 
177.— Hame  Clip  .  .  .125 
178,  179.— Breeching  Dees  .  125 
180,  181.— Winkers  .  .  .129 
132.— Van  Saddle  .  .  .131 
135.— Van  Saddle  Flap  .  .  131 
134.— Van  Saddle  Panel  .  .  131 
185.— Chain  and  Leather  Gig 

Front  .  .  .  .140 
186. — Chain  and  Leather  Gig 

Front  .        .        .141 

187.— Chain  and  Leather  Gig 

Front  .  .  .  .143 
183.— Crupper  Dock  .  .  147 
189.— Breeching,  etc.  .  .  147 
193.— Back-band  .  .  .147 
191.— Shaft  Tugs  .  .  .147 
192.— Four-wheeled  Cab  Sad- 
dle     153 

193.— Cab  Saddle  Tree  .  .  153 
194.— Hansom  Cab  Saddle  .  154 
185,  196.— Rein  Stops  .  .  154 
197. — Hansom  Cab  Harness   .  155 


HARNESS    MAKING. 

CHAPTER    I. 

HARNESS-MAKERS^    TOOLS. 

Harness  making  and  repairing  is  a  branch  of 
leather  work  that  can  often  be  undertaken  profit- 
ably by  many  persons,  and  the  information  given  in 
the  following  pages  has  been  adapted  specially  to 
the  amateur's  requirements.  Doubtless  the  readers 
of  a  companion  handbook  on  "  Boot  Making  and 
Mending''  have  wished  to  pursue  further  the  sub- 
ject of  leather  working,  and  will  take  up  the  making 
and  repairing  of  harness  with  pleasure.  Aspirants 
to  more  highly  skilled  work  will  find  "  Practical 
Saddlery  "  of  the  greatest  possible  use  to  them, 
whilst  readers  less  ambitious  may  look  to  ''  Leather 
Working  "  for  instructions  on  making  a  number  of 
articles,  such  as  bags,  portmanteaus,  and  cases,  for 
which  there  is  general  employment  and  a  conse- 
quently great  demand.  The  two  books  just  men- 
tioned are  issued  uniform  in  style  and  price  with 
the  present  work. 

In  this  handbook  it  is  proposed  to  treat  the  sub- 
ject of  harness  making  so  fully  that  anyone  possess- 
ing tact  and  sense  can  make  a  set  of  harness  from 
the  instructions  given,  or,  at  any  rate,  keep  harness 
in  good  repair.  A  start  w411  be  made  by  describing 
the  tools  that  will  be  necessary.  In  the  list  given 
below%  every  essential  tool  is  specified  and  its  uses 
explained.  The  tools  are  very  numerous,  but  the 
amateur  may  dispense  with  many  of  them ;  for 
though  all  of  them  may  have  to  be  employed  by  a 


10  Harness  Making. 

tradesman  in  turning  out  finished  work,  an  amateur 
may  be  content  with  a  much  smaller  outfit.  The 
tools  are  not  bulky,  however,  and  all  that  are  neces- 
sary for  making  a  double  set  of  harness  could  be 
carried  in  a  small  handbag,  excepting,  of  course, 
the  mallet  and  collar-iron. 


^^(K^^p^ffHC^'gi^j^^-,; 


Fig-.  1. — Parinjif  Knife 


o 


The  tools  are  here  classified  as  («)  cutting  tools, 
(6)  punches  and  tools  of  percussion,  {c)  tools  for  set- 
ting out,  marking,  and  ornamenting,  ((/)  awls  and 
needles  for  perforating,  (c^)  tools  for  gripping  and 
holding  work,  (/")  tools  used  in  stuffing  collars 
and  saddles,  and  (7)  miscellaneous.  It  may  be  re- 
marked that  saddlers'  tools,  as  well  as  harness- 
makers',  are  included  in  this  chapter. 

With  regard  to  cutting  tools,  a  paring  knife  (Fig. 
1)  and  a  hand  knife  (Fig.  2)  are  used  for  cutting 
thread,  paring  down,  and  splicing,  and  are  other- 
wise generally  useful.  The  round  knife  (Fig.  3)  is 
used  by  saddlers  instead  of  the  hand  knife  for  cut- 
ting, splicing,  and  thinning  leather  ;  they  can  be  had 
in  different  sizes,  suited  to  light  and  heavy  work  ; 
their  chief  use  is  in  thinning  the  edges  of  leather. 


Fi^.  2.— Hand  Knife. 

and  for  giving  a  rounded  appearance  to  lined  straps, 
such  as  nosebands,  traces,  breeching  straps,  etc. 
The  head  knife  (Fig.  4)  is  used  for  cutting  the  holes 
for  buckle  tongues  and  cutting  any  circular  shapes 
or  holes  in  leather. 
Fig.  5  is  a  cutting  gauge  made  in  iron  or  wood.    A 


Harness-makers^   Tools. 


1 1 


knife  passes  through  the  ruled  stem,  and  is  held 
firmly  by  a  screw.  It  is  adjusted  by  shifting  the 
block,  which  is  also  held  by  a  screw. 

A  plough  or  plough  gauge  (Fig.  6)  is  very  useful 
when  much  strap  or  belt  cutting  has  to  be  done.   By 


Im 

|M 

^£^^ 

^^^F 

Round  Knife. 

Fig.  4.     He 

Fij.  3. 

means  of  it,  straps  can  be  cut  from  |  in.  to  4  in. 
wide,  by  sliding  the  knife  backw^ards  or  forwards 
along  the  marked  gauge.  Straps  can  be  cut  much 
more  quickly  by  this  machine  than  by  hand,  and  it 
quite  dispenses  v/ith  the  use  of  the  round  knife  and 
compasses.  A  slightly  different  plough  is  illus- 
trated by  Figs.  7  and  8. 


Fiff. 


5. — Cutting-  Gaui'-e. 


The  slitting  machine  (Fig.  9)  is  useful  for  thinning 
straps  which  are  to  be  drawn  down  to  half  or  one- 
third  their  thickness.  A  saddler's  spokeshave  (Fig. 
10)  may  be  used  for  the  same  purpose  as  the  slitting 


12 


Ha K NESS  Making. 


machine.  It  is  suitable  for  thinning  light  straps, 
and  not  only  takes  less  time  to  adjust,  but  does  the 
work  more  quickly  than  the  slitter.     The  chief  use 


Fig.  G. — Ploiij^-h,  or  Ploug-h  Gauge. 

of  the  spokeshave,  however,  is  to  trim  and  finish 
traces,  backhands,  etc.  After  a  trace  or  backhand 
or  other  lined  strap  is  stitched,  the  uneven  edges 
require  to  be  rounded  and  smoothed  ;  this  is  done 
by  clamping  the  strap  between  the  knees,  holding 


Fig.  7. — SMe  Elevation  of  Plough  Gauge. 

the  clamp  a  little  straighter  than  when  stitching, 
and  using  the  spokeshave. 

Edge  trimmers  (Fig,  11)  are  for  running  along  the 


Harness-makers^  Tools. 


13 


edges  of  straps  of  all  kinds  to  take  off  the  sharp  edge 
and  sides  before  dyeing.    It  is  made  in  sizes  1  to  8. 


Fig.  8.— End  Elevation  of  Plough  Gauge. 

Sharp  and  strong  scissors  are  necessary  for  cutting 
linings,  basil,  and  other  kinds  of  thin  leather.    The 


Fig.  9. — Slitting  Machine. 

washer  cutter  (Fig.  12)  is  used  for  cutting  round 
pieces  of  leather  by  rule  ;  the  knife  can  be  set  at 
all  sizes  up  to  6  in. 


Fig.  10. — Spokeshave 

Punches  are  indispensable,  and  half  a  dozen  dif- 
ferent sizes  each  of  round  (Fig.  13)  and  oval  (Fig. 


14 


Harness  Making. 


14)  tools  should  be  obtained.  Round  punches  are 
made  in  sizes  from  No.  1,  suitable  only  for  very 
narrow  straps,  to  No.  16,  which  make  a  hole  |  in.  in 
diameter.     Oval  punches  are  numbered,  according 


-tig.  11. — Edge  Trimmer. 

to  size,  from  17  to  32,  and  make  a  hole  of  similar 
dimensions  to  the  round  punches  just  mentioned. 
Punches  of  intermediate  sizes,  Nos.  3  to  13  or  Nos. 
19  to  29,  will,  however,  answer  for  most  repair- 
ing jobs.  The  ovals  are  preferable  in  most  cases, 
as  they  make  holes  in  the  straps  large  enough  for 
the  purpose  without  impairing  the  strength  so  much 
as  the  round  ones  do.     Buckle  tongue  punches,  or 


ili!ilililili!ilil  lilililililili 


^ 


iUii 


B 


Fig.  12.— Washer  Cutter. 

crew  punches  (Fig.  15)  are  handy  ;  these  are  made 
in  three  or  four  sizes,  and  they  run  from  No.  33  to 
No.  43,  and  are  used  for  making  the  holes  that  take 
the  heel  of  the  buckle  tongue  when  the  buckle  is 


ffARNESS-MAKERS''    ToOLS. 


15 


placed  in  its  chape.  This  hole  may  also  be  made 
by  punching  two  holes  at  a  suitable  distance  from 
each  other,  and  cutting  between  them,  thus  G  0 
The  strap  has  to  be  bent  and  a  hole  cut  through  the 


Fi;^.  13. — Round 
Punch. 


Fio-.  14.— Oval     Fi^.  15.— Buckle  Tongue 


Punch. 


or  Crew,  Punch. 


bent  end,  the  piece  between  the  holes  for  the 
tongue  of  the  buckle  being  afterwards  cut  out. 
The  punches  shown  by  Figs.  16  to  IS  may  be  used  to 
cut  saddle  girth  chapes,  brace  ends,  etc. 

A  hand  punch  (Fig.  19)  is  useful  for  punching  holes 
in  small  straps,  or  for  making  holes  in  harness 
whilst  it  is  worn  by  a  horse.     Saddlers  are  some- 


Fig.  16. — Girth  Chape  Punch. 


Fig-.  17.— Brace  End  Punch. 


times  called  upon  to  do  this,  and  without  a  hand 
punch  the  work  is  awkw^ard,  necessitating  the  use 
of  mallet,  punch,  and  lead.      Fig.  20  shows  a  loose 


i6 


Harness  Making. 


nipple  which  can  be  obtained  in  various  sizes  to 
screw  in  the  handle. 

Scalloping  irons  (Figs.  21  to  24),  vandyke,  round, 


Fig.  18. — Forepart  of  Brace  End  Punch. 

straight,  and  half-moon  are  used  for  cutting  any 
fancy  or  ornamental  designs  in  American  cloth 
or  fancy  leather.    Rosette  punches  (Figs.  25  and  26) 


Fig.  19.— Hand  Punch. 

in  sets  of  three  or  four,  are  useful  for  making 
rosettes  in  patent  fancy  coloured  leather  or  for  cut- 
ting out  round  scalloped  edge  pieces. 


Fig.  20.— 

Hand  Punch 

Nipple. 


Figs.  21  to  24, 


-Scalloping  Irons. 


A  lead  piece  (Fig.  27)  for  punching  on  should  be 
from  6  in.  to  8  in.  square,  and  about  1^  in.  thick. 
Lead  is  used  because,  being  soft,  it  does  not 
damage  the  points  of  the  punches  ;  but  if  lead  is  not 


Harness-makers^  Tools. 


17 


handy,  a  block  of  wood  5  in.  or  6  in,  thick  will  do,  if 
set  up  on  end  so  that  the  punch  does  not  cut  across 
the  grain. 


Fig.  2(). 
Figs,  ^b  and  26. — Eosette  Punches. 

A  wooden  mallet  (Fig.  28)  for  punching  is  also 
required,  and  a  lignum-vitse  round  mallet  to  work 
the    forewales    and    shape    the    stuffed    bodies    of 


Fig.  27.— Lead  Piece. 


Fig.  23.— Wooden  Mallet. 


collars.  Other  useful  mallets  are  shown  by  Figs.  29 
and  30.  Two  hammers  are  necessary,  one  fairly 
light — the  proper  saddler's  hammer  (Fig.  31) — and 
the  other  a  heavy  one  for  heavy  work. 


^=^1 


Figs.  29  and  30.— Useful  Wooden  Mallets. 

Tools  for  marking  and  ornamenting  leather  may 
now  be  mentioned.  Fig.  32  shows  a  tool  used  m 
stamping  the  lines  preparatory  to  stitching.    These 

B 


i8 


Harness  Making. 


tools  vary  in  width  from  three  teeth,  which  are  used 
only  for  round  points  and  scalloped  work,  to  twenty- 
four  teeth  for  straight  lines.  The  teeth  on  each 
iron  are  cut  to  mark  a  certain  number  of  stitches 


Fiff.  31. 


^nniiiiiiiii 
Y'\r  32. 


Fi<2r.  33. 


Fig.  31. — Saddlers'  Hammer. 


Fig.  34. 
Fig.  32, — Pricking-iron. 


Figs.  33  and  34.— Wheel  Prickers. 

per  inch,  from  six  to  sixteen,  and  these  teeth  are 
not  at  right  angles  to  the  flat  part  of  the  iron,  but 
are  cut  on  the  slant  as  at  b,  thus  making  an  im- 
pression on  the  leather  which  acts  as  a  guide  in 
forming  a  stitch  perfect  in  shape  as  well  as  in 
length. 


Harness-maj^ers^  Tools. 


19 


Wheel  prickers  (Figs.  33  and  34)  are  used  in  sizes 
from  seven  or  eight  to  sixteen  teeth  to  the  inch. 
They  are  round  pieces  of  steel,  having  serrated 
edges  and  a  hole  in  the  centre,  and  are  provided 
with  a  handle  in  which  they  are  adjusted  with  a  pin 
and  nut.  A  change  of  stitch,  say  from  fine  to  coarse, 
necessitates  a  change  of  wheel.  The  wheel  is  run 
along  the  stitching  line,  and  in  the  holes  made  by 
the  pricks  the  stitches  are  run. 

The  screw-race  (Fig.   35)  is  a  tool  for  grooving 


gSBSl/} 


Fiff.  35. — Screw-race. 


,:^^i 


F  -:.  3G. 

Figr.  36.— Single  Crease. 
Screw-crease. 


lines  in  any  part  w^here  it  is  desired  to  sink  the 
stitches  below  the  surface.     It  is  easily  adjustable. 

Single  creases  (Fig.  36)  are  for  marking  in  places 
w^here  neither  the  screw-crease  nor  the  compasses 
can  go,  as  for  instance,  in  the  centre  of  a  large  piece 
of  leather  or  wide  strap.  They  are  also  used  to 
mark  thick  and  heavy  loops,  for  which  purpose  they 
are  heated  before  using. 

Two  screw-creases  must  be  obtained,  one  light 
and  the  other  heavy  (Fig.  37) ;  one  is  used  for  light 
lines  and  the  other  for  heavy  lines  along  the  edge  of 


20 


'     Harness  Making. 


the  leather,  and  for  marking  the  lines  for  stitch- 
ing.   By  means  of  the  screw,  the  points  are  closed 


Fig.  38.— Checker. 


rig.  39.— Beveller. 


or  opened,  thus  bringing  the  line  nearer  to  the  edge 
of  the  work  or  taking  it  farther  away. 

Checkers  (Fig.  38)  are  small  double  creases  with 


Fig.  40.-0ompa5ses.  Fig.  41.-Race  Compasses. 

two  parallel  edges,  one  of  which  marks  the  small 
ornamental  checked  lines  on  loops  ;  one  edge  is  run 


Harness-makers'  Tools.  21 

along  the  last  line  done,  which  thus  serves  as  a 
guide  for  keeping  the  lines  parallel.  Sizes  1,  2,  and 
3  will  be  sufficient.  A  brass  foot-rule,  of  course, 
must  be  obtained. 


Fi'^  42.— Awl  Blade. 

Bevellers  (Fig.  39)  resemble  the  single  creases, 
but  are  much  thicker  and  bevelled  ;  they  are  used 
for  the  sole  purpose  of  creasing  or  markmg  loops  on 
portions  that  require  ornamenting.  In  use,  they 
are  heated  and  then  made  to  form  a  deep,  wide 
groove  on  the  loop,  such  as  the  straight  cross  lines 
on  the  front,  and  any  fancy  shapes  worked  on  the 

outside  of  the  loop. 

Compasses  (Fig.  40)  should  have  a  screw  and  regu- 
lator so  that  they  may  be  set  at  different  widths. 
They  are  used  for  marking  the  widths  of  straps  to 
be  cut  and  for  marking  distances,  etc. 

Race  compasses  (Fig.  41)  are  for  the  purpose  of 
cutting  a  slight  groove  or  line  along  the  edges  ;  they 
just  take  off  a  narrow  strip  of  the  grain  and  leave  a 
faint  line,  which  is  blacked  with  the  edges.  It 
answers  the  same  purpose  as  the  line  cut  with  the 
screw-crease,  either  ornamenting  the  straps  or 
marking  the  line  for  the  stitches. 

With  regard  to  perforating  tools,  a  few  awl  blades 
(Figs.  42  and  43)  and  hafts  may  be  obtained.^  Stitch- 
ing blades  vary  in  sizes  from  1^  in.  to  3  in.  long. 


Fiff.  43.— Awl  Blade. 


'o 


Hold  the  blade  fast  in  the  vice,  and  with  a  few  sharp 
blows  of  a  light  hammer  drive  the  haft  or  handle  on 
the  awl,  which  is  then  ready  for  use.  Fig.  44  shows 
a  sewing  awl.    Strong  thick  awls  will  be  required  for 


22 


Harness  Making. 


coarse  work,  to  stitch,  say,  a  thread  of  seven,  eight, 
or  even  more  cords  of  hemp  in  one  thread,  and  the 
thickness  of  the  awl  should  diminish  until  the  fine 
awl  for  stitching  fine  silk  and  cotton  threads  is 
obtained.    Bent  awls  (Fig.  45)  in  one  or  two  sizes, 


Fig.  44. — Sewing  Awl. 

such  as  shoemakers  use,  are  employed  for  putting 
in  wire  in  saddle  flabs  for  fastening  the  panel ;  they 
have  other  uses  also. 

Half  a  dozen  packets  of  harness  needles  (Figs.  46 
and  47),  varying  in  size  from  No.  2  to  No.  6,  will  be 
necessary ;  the  lowest  number  is  the  coarsest. 
These  needles  are  for  wax  thread  and  all  other 
stitching  threads.  Needles  will  also  be  required  as 
follows : — 2-in.  or  3-in.  needles  for  quilting  saddle 
panels,  etc.  ;  pointed  needles  for  thimble  work  in 
stitching  linings  to  saddle  panels,  etc.  ;  collar 
needles  of  different  sizes,  half-moon  shape  and 
straight  with  bent  points  ;  these  are  from  3  in.  to 
6  in.  long,  the  longest  being  for  heavy  cart  collar 
w^ork  and  the  lightest  for  patent  and  light  harness 
collars. 

The  seat-aw^l  (two  shapes  are  shown  by  Figs.  48 


Fig.  45. — Bent  Awl. 


and  49)  is  for  easing  and  levelling  stuffing  in  collars, 
saddles,  and  other  stuffed  or  padded  articles.  It  is 
also  useful  for  levelling  thread  ;  this  is  turned  once 
around  the  round  awl,  which  is  then  drawn  sharply 


Ha  r NESS- ma  kers^  Tools. 


23 


backwards   and   forwards,    the    lumps   thus   being 
taken  out  of  the  thread. 

The  hand-  or  palm-iron  (Figs.  50  and  51)  is  a  kind 
of  thimble  used  on  the  palm  of  the  hand  when  driv- 


Fig.  46. 


Fig.  i7. 


Fio-. 


48. 


FijT.  49. 


Figs.  46  and  47. — Harness  Needles.     Figs.  48  and  49. — 

Seat  Awls. 


ing  collar  needles  through  leather.  A  shallow  honey- 
combed well  is  formed  in  the  hand  part,  which  pre- 
vents the  needle  from  slipping,  however  great  the 
pressure  may  be  ;  and  at  the  end  or  point  a  hole  is 
bored  lengthwise,  about  \  in.  deep,  to  take  the  eve 


2  + 


Ha  li  NESS  Making, 


end  of  the  needle  and  force  it  closer  to  the  leather 
when  the  broad  part  of  the  iron  is  not  available 
Holding  and  gripping  tools  include  the  clamp, 


Fig.  50.  Fig.  51. 

Figs.  50  and  51. — Hand-irons  or  Palm-irons. 

known  also  as  the  pair  of  clams.  Fig.  52  shows  the 
ordinary  type,  while  Fig.  53  is  the  kind  used  in  sew- 
ing shaft-tugs.  Held  between  the  knees  in  a  slightly 
slanting  position,  the  clamp  keeps  the  work  firmly 
in  position  while  the  stitching  is  being  done  ;  it  lies 
against  the  left  knee,  and  by  throwing  the  right  leg 
over  it  the  work  is  held  fast  between  the  gripping 
points.  Note  that  the  saddler  has  the  clamp  be- 
tween his  legs  in  a  slanting  direction,  and  not  as 
the  shoemaker,  who  has  them  straight  up,  almost 


Fig.  52.- 


-Clamp  or  Claras. 


against  his  nose,  when  bending  over  the  work.  One 
reason  for  this  is  that  the  work  done  by  the  saddler 
with  the  clamp  requires  more  foi-ce  to  press  the  awl 


Ha  r NESS- ma  kers''  Tools. 


25 


through  than  the  work  done  by  the  shoemaker  ;  con- 
sequently the  saddler  must  set  his  clamp  against 
some  firm  object  (his  left  knee)  so  that  it  will  not 
yield  under  the  pressure.     Another  reason  is  that 


Fig-.  53. — Clamp  for  Sewing 
Shaft- tugp. 


Fig-.  55. — Jaws  of  Clamp. 


F.g-.  54. — Home-made  Clamp  Holding-  Work. 


the  saddler  stitches  with  needles,  while  the  shoe- 
maker uses  bristles,  and  must  see  the  hole  made  by 
the  awl,  as  the  bristles  cannot  force  their  way,  as 


26 


Harxess  Making. 


the  needles,  to  some  slight  extent,  are  able  to  do. 
The  saddler  feels  for  the  hole  with  his  needle  and 
thus  becomes  accustomed  to  finding  the  hole  with- 
out looking,  and  to  getting  his  needle  to  follow  the 
aw^l  as  the  latter  is  drawn  back ;  in  fact,  the  needle 
is  inserted  in  the  unseen  lower  side  with  more 
accuracy  than  on  the  top  side,  w^hich  is  in  view. 

A  clamp  can  be  made  easily  by  the  w^orker  at 
home.  The  parts  A  and  b  (Fig.  54)  are  made  from 
two  oak  cask  or  barrel  staves.  The  lower  portion 
c  may  be  a  sound  piece  of  white  deal,  20  in.  by  3  in. 


-M': 


v^S 


Fiof.  56.— Nail-claw. 


Fig-.  57. — Cutting  Pliers. 


by  3  in.,  and  the  only  other  requisites  will  be  eight 
stout  2i  in.  screws.  The  staves  should  be  cut  2  ft. 
long  by  at  least  3  in.  wide,  the  points  of  greatest 
convexity  being  in  the  centre  ;  the  more  bent  the 
staves  are  the  more  useful  the  clamp  will  be.  Clean 
up  the  outside  with  a  spokeshave,  leaving  one  end 
the  full  thickness  of  the  staves,  or  about  1  in.,  and 
thinning  off  gradually  to  about  |  in.  towards  the 
upper  ends,  which  are  to  form  the  jaws  of  the 
clamp  (Fig.  55).  Round  off  the  outer  corners,  and 
clean  up  the  inside  surface  flat,  smoothing  both 
sides  with  glass-paper.    The  dovetail-shaped  tenon 


HARXESS-.nJAKERS'    ToOLS. 


27 


in  the  lower  part  c,  should  be  at  least  6  in.  in 
length,  and  will  require  careful  cutting,  the  depth 
of  the  shoulders  and  the  width  of  the  upper  end 
depending  upon  the  amount  of  curve  in  the  staves 


3s 


Fig-.  58.— Iioa  Collar  Rod. 


which  are  to  be  attached  to  it.  It  should  be  borne 
in  mind  that  the  object  is  to  embed  the  staves  so 
firmly  that  their  upper  ends,  or  the  jaws  of  the  tool, 
press  tightly  together.  With  this  object  the  tenon 
should  be  cut,  so  that  energetic  screwing  will  be 
required  to  bring  the  staves  home  into  their  final 
position.  The  screws  should  be  countersunk  flush 
with  the  surface  of  the  staves. 

A  small  wrench  and  a  medium-sized  vice  will 
often  be  found  useful.  A  nail-claw  (Fig.  56)  is  re- 
quired for  pulling  out  the  nails  used  to  keep  the 
work  together.  Pincers,  nippers,  and  cutting 
pliers  (Fig.  57)  will  be  found  useful  as  occasion 
demands. 

An  iron  collar  rod  (Fig.  58)  for  stuffing  the  fore- 
wale  must  be  obtained,  as  w^ell  as  a  hardwood  stick, 
about  2  ft.  6  in.  long,  and  having  a  V-shaped  point, 
for  filling  the  body  of  collars  with  straw ;  the  stick 


Fij?.  59.— Steel  Ssat-iron. 


is  flat  towards  the  V-shaped  end,  and  round  at  the 
other  end,  the  corners  being  rounded  off  smooth. 

A  steel  seat-iron  (Fig.  59)  is  used  in  putting  flock 
into  cart-saddle  panels,  but  chiefly  for  stuffing  the 
peak  of  riding  saddles,  as  the  tool  bends  nicely  with 


2  8  Harness  Making. 

the  shape  of  the  saddle  without  tearing  the  cover  or 
stretching  it  immoderately. 

Loop-sticks  (Fig.  60)  are  made  of  hardwood  in 
various  sizes  to  suit  the  wddth  and  thickness  of  the 
straps.  A  set  made  of  hard  boxwood  or  iron,  vary- 
ing in  width  from  \  in.  to  2  in.,  and  in  thickness  from 
\  in.  to  \  in.,  should  be  obtained.  Less  room  is 
wanted  in  shaping  a  loop  for  a  single  strap  than 
when  a  strap  of  two  or  three  thicknesses  is  required 
to  go  through  a  loop.  (A  loop  is  the  piece  of  leather 
placed  crosswise  on  straps  having  buckles,  and  it 
keeps  the  point  of  the  strap  in  its  proper  position.) 
A  loop  stick  must  be  obtained  that  is  thick  enough 


C 


Fig,  CO.— Loop-stick. 


Fig,  61.— Rubber. 

and  wide  enough  for  a  trace  if  in.  w4de  and  propor- 
tionately thick ;  there  must  also  be  one  sufficiently 
thin  and  narrow  for  a  ^-in.  strap  ;  loop  sticks  for 
intermediate  sizes  are  also  necessary,  and  it  is  as 
well  to  get  two  each  of  some  of  the  sizes.  For  in- 
stance, those  things  that  are  done  in  pairs,  such  as 
bridle-cheeks,  shaft-tugs,  etc.,  will  require  the  use 
of  two  loop  sticks  of  the  same  size.  Good  loop  sticks 
are  essential  to  turning  out  good  work. 

A  rubber  (Fig.  61)  made  of  a  piece  of  hard,  close- 
grained  wood  or  of  thick  glass  about  6  in.  square 
and  V-shaped  on  one  edge  is  used  to  smooth  down 
two  edges  w^hipped  together,  or  for  flattening  and 
levelling  any  two  thin  substances,  such  as  leather 
and  linen  pasted  or  stitched  together  ;  it  is  also  used 
to  rub  stitching  on  the  underside  of  traces  or  any 


HARNESS-MAKER^i^    ToOLS. 


29 


double  straps,  and  for  rubbing  or  stretching  damped 
leather. 

The  straining  fork  (Fig.  62)  is  sometimes  em- 
ployed for  stretching  wet  webbing  or  leather,  one 
end  of  which  is  nailed  down  and  the  other  end 
strained  with  the  fork  and  secured  until  dry. 


Fig. 


62.  —Straining  Fork. 


A  coarse  file  or  rasp  may  be  necessary  to  file  down 
wooden  and  cane  driving  w^hip-stocks,  etc.,  when 
putting  on  thongs  and  in  splicing  w^hip-sticks  to 
level  the  splice  so  that  both  of  the  parts  may  lie  flat 
against  each  other.  A  small  round  file  and  a  small 
square  one,  as  well  as  two  or  three  coarser  ones,  are 
sure  to  come  in  handy.  Amongst  their  uses  will  be 
the  filing  down  of  the  brass  or  ironwork  of  saddles, 
and  the  making  of  holes  in  saddle  trees,  etc. 


30 
CHAPTER    II. 

HARNESS-MAKERS''     MATERIALS. 

It  is  now  proposed  to  give  some  particulars  of  the 
materials  used  in  saddle  and  harness  making. 

The  threads  used  in  the  trade  are  manj^  but  the 
principal  is  waxed  thread,  made  by  the  saddler  him- 
self, and  used  to  stitch  harness  and  straps  together. 
By  waxed  thread  is  generally  meant  thread  dressed 
with  black  or  cobbler's  wax,  but  the  saddler  also 
uses  thread  dressed  with  beeswax  and  sometimes 
with  white  wax.  The  linen  thread  used  is  in  various 
colours,  yellow,  red,  black,  white,  etc.,  and  is  on 
reels  or  in  hanks.  Silk  threads  of  the  same  colours 
are  used  for  best  work,  such  as  stitching  best  brown 
saddlery,  riding  bridles,  martingales,  etc.  The 
white  and  black  linen  thread  is  used  for  whipping- 
in  lining  in  panels  of  both  gig  and  riding  saddles, 
and  for  stitching  saving  pads  in  any  thin  material 
for  light  work,  and  also  in  stitching  along  with  the 
red  and  yellow  thread  in  making  riding  bridles,  and 
all  kinds  of  brown  light  work.  The  hemp  for  wax 
threads,  of  various  strengths,  is  to  be  had  in  black, 
yellow,  green,  and  white.  The  white  hemp  is  con- 
sidered the  best  and  toughest,  though  the  coloured 
perhaps  is  a  little  cheaper.  Fine  No.  15  and  coarse 
No.  3  will  probably  meet  all  requirements. 

Beeswax,  as  already  hinted,  is  used  to  make 
threads  for  work  that  is  light  as  regards  both  colour 
and  substance.  Single  linen  threads  of  all  colours 
are,  before  using,  rubbed  with  beeswax,  which  does 
not  deaden  the  colour.  White  wax  is  sometimes 
made  for  brown  harness  by  melting  together  white- 
lead  and  white  wax  ;  instead  of  the  latter,  the  wax 
from  best  white  wax  candles  may  be  used.  If  the 
wax  when  cold  is  too  soft,  add  more  white  wax  ;  if 
too  hard,  add  a  little  more  white-lead. 


IIar.\'ess-makers'  Materials.  -xi 


o 


Black  cobbler's  wax  is  made  by  melting  together 
\  lb.  each  of  resin  and  pitch.  When  thoroughly 
mixed,  remove  the  pan  from  the  fire,  and  add  one 
pennyworth  of  boiled  linseed  oil,  or  less,  according 
to  the  weather.  Thoroughly  mix  this  with  the  other 
ingredients  and  then  pour  a  little  into  cold  water  to 
test  it.  Let  it  remain  for  a  minute  and  then  remove 
it  from  the  water,  taking  care  to  well  w^et  the  hands 
in  doing  so,  or  in  the  subsequent  working  it  will 
stick  to  them.  If  it  cracks  when  working  it  in  the 
hands,  it  is  too  hard  ;  if  it  pulls  out  properly  and 
sticks  well  together,  it  is  all  right.  Put  it  back  into 
the  water,  and  pour  in  the  rest  of  the  stuff  after  it. 
It  is  important  that  the  piece  tested  be  not  put  back 
into  the  pan  containing  the  rest  of  the  w^ax,  as  the 
w^ater  absorbed  ^\\\\  evaporate  and  make  the  hot 
w^ax  frothy  and  spongy.  Gather  the  w^ax  together 
in  the  water  without  loss  of  time,  remove  it  with 
wet  hands,  and  pull  it  fast  hand  over  hand  as 
quickly  as  possible  till  it  attains  a  light  golden 
colour.  Pull  off  a  small  piece  with  the  hands,  or  cut 
it  off  w^ith  wet  scissors,  and  throw  it  into  the  water. 
If  it  floats  on  the  surface  it  has  been  pulled  enough  ; 
if  it  sinks,  the  wax  requires  more  working.  If  not 
pulled  enough,  the  wax  is  brittle,  becoming  tougher 
and  better  the  more  it  is  pulled.  In  making  the 
wax  it  must  be  remembered  that  only  half  as  much 
oil  is  required  in  summer  as  in  winter.  The  colder 
the  atmosphere  the  more  oil  will  be  required. 

The  quantities  of  ingredients  mentioned  w411  make 
about  thirty  handy  lumps  of  wax,  and  as  a  rule  a 
pennyw^orth  of  oil  is  enough  in  the  coldest  weather. 
If, after  working  it, the  wax  is  too  hard,  melt  it  again 
and  add  more  oil ;  if  too  soft,  add  more  pitch  and 
resin.  Hard  w^ax  may  be  used  in  a  way  that  avoids 
re-melting.  The  thread,  previous  to  being  dressed 
with  the  wax,  is  rubbed  with  tallow,  over  which  the 
wax  will  run  smooth.  Cut  the  wax  into  lumps  the 
size  of  a  large  pigeon's  egg  and  keep  it  in  water. 


32  Harxess  Making.' 

Directions  will  now  be  .given  for  making  wax 
threads.  So  that  the  hemp  may  be  kept  tidy  and 
not  mixed  up  with  the  tools  on  the  bench,  place  the 
ball  of  hemp  in  a  wooden  or  tin  box  having  a  small 
hole  in  the  centre  of  its  lid,  through  which  the  hemp 
can  pass.  Take  hold  of  the  end  of  the  hemp  with 
the  left  hand,  twist  it  once  around  the  fingers,  and 
draw  it  through  the  right  hand.  When  a  sufficient 
quantity  has  been  drawn  out,  break  the  thread  by 
rubbing  it  on  the  knee  to  take  out  the  twist,  at 
the  same  time  giving  it  a  sharp  pull ;  the  strands 
thus  loosen  and  break  in  a  ragged  end.  Throw  the 
hemp  over  a  nail  or  hook  in  the  bench,  pull  it  until 
the  sides  are  each  about  2  ft.  9  in.  long,  keep  the 
hemp  tight  with  the  end  in  the  left  hand,  and  with 
the  right  hand  spin  or  rub  it  on  the  knee  as  before 
to  untwist  the  strands  ;  then  pull  it  sharply  to  break 
it.  The  more  ragged  the  broken  end  is  the  better 
will  be  the  point  on  the  finished  thread.  There  is 
now  one  strand  2  ft.  9  in.  long  and  pointed  ;  with 
the  right  hand  put  the  points  together  in  the  left 
hand,  and  draw  the  hemp  again  over  the  hook,  spin- 
ning and  cutting  it  as  before,  and  repeating  the 
operation  till  the  required  number  of  strands  is 
obtained.  The  number  varies  with  the  required 
strength,  from  three  to  sixteen. 

In  putting  the  ends  of  the  cut  hemp  together,  do 
not  leave  them  exactly  the  same  length  ;  by  leaving 
some  shorter  than  others  a  nice  pointed  thread  is 
obtained  at  the  finish,  fine  enough  to  go  into  the  eye 
of  a  needle.  When  the  required  number  of  strands 
is  obtained,  take  a  ball  of  wax  in  the  right  hand, 
and  hold  both  ends  of  the  thread  separately  in  the 
left ;  draw  the  wax  over  the  points  two  or  three 
times  to  keep  the  ends  together,  taking  care  to  keep 
the  ends  on  the  left  of  the  hook  twisted  round  the 
left  hand,  and  holding  them  tight  with  the  third 
and  fourth  fingers,  leaving  the  thumb  and  forefinger 
loose  to  manipulate  the  other  end  in  the  process  of 


Harness-makers'  Materials.  33 

twisting ;  the  wax  on  the  ends  or  points  is  a  great 
help  at  this  stage.  Having  an  end  between  the 
thumb  and  finger  of  the  left  hand,  set  it  on  the  knee, 
and  spin  or  twist  it  as  when  cutting  the  hemp.  The 
knee  should  be  raised  about  12  in.  from  the  floor  by 
placing  the  foot  on  a  support.  Continue  spinning 
with  the  palm  of  the  right  hand  until  the  thread  is 
twisted  enough.  If  twisted  too  much,  it  will  work 
into  knots  when  used  in  stitching.  Then  put  the 
twisted  side  round  the  left  hand,  kept  firm  by  the 
third  and  fourth  fingers  as  before  ;  and  take  the 
other  side  between  the  thumb  and  forefinger  of  the 
left  hand,,  and  spin  it  to  the  proper  twist  with  the 
palm  of  the  right  hand  as  the  other  side  w^as  done. 
If  the  thread  is  required  very  smooth,  twist  both  of 
the  sides  of  the  thread  once  round  the  seat-awl  and 
draw  the  latter  sharply  backwards  and  forwards 
along  the  thread,  all  unevenness  being  thus 
smoothed  aw^ay.  For  coarse  work  and  repairs  this 
is  not  necessary,  but  for  best  and  new  work  the 
thread  should  always  be  smoothed. 

To  wax  the  thread,  hold  tne  two  ends  of  the 
thread  firmly  in  the  left  hand,  and  with  the  ball  of 
wax  held  in  the  palm  of  the  right  hand,  rub  all  along 
the  thread,  pulling  the  thread  from  around  the  hook 
into  the  open  to  enable  that  portion  to  be  waxed 
also.  Pull  back  the  thread  into  its  former  position, 
and,  with  a  piece  of  soft  leather  or  the  bare  hand, 
rub  the  thread  sharply  from  end  to  end  to  smooth 
the  wax  and  make  it  even  all  along.  The  thread  is 
then  ready  for  use. 

Yellow  or  white  hemp  thread  is  made  w4th  either 
beeswax  or  w^hite  w^ax  in  exactly  the  same  manner, 
but  the  point  of  the  thread  is  not  dressed  with  white 
wax,  being  left  unwaxed  until  the  rest  of  the  thread 
is  finished.  The  end  has  to  be  pointed  with  black 
wax,  which  will  not  stick  over  beeswax  or  white 
wax.  Black  wax  is  the  only  kind  that  will  keep  the 
thread  fast  to  the  needles. 
c 


34  Harness  Making. 

Nails  are  extensively  used  both  in  putting 
materials  together  for  working  and  as  ornaments. 
The  nails  used  in  putting  work  together  are  gener- 
ally cut  tacks,  ranging  in  length  from  |  in.  to  1  in. 
Neat  wire  nails  can  now  be  had,  however,  much 
cheaper  than  the  tacks,  and  are  to  be  preferred,  as 
they  are  of  uniform  size  and  leave  a  much  smaller 
hole  when  withdrawn.  Clumsy  nails  spoil  good 
work,  as  the  holes  made  by  them  are  larger  than  the 
awl  used  in  stitching.  Very  fine  nails  do  not  spoil 
the  work,  and  can  be  obtained  in  sizes  suitable  for 
heavier  and  clumsier  work  ;  and  they  may  be  used 
over  and  over  again  if  care  is  taken  in  pulling  them 
out  with  the  nail-claw.  Cut  tacks  are  used  in  put- 
ting gig  saddles  together,  in  nailing  the  leather  to 
the  tree,  in  adjusting  panels  in  the  gullet  and  be- 
hind, between  the  two  prongs  of  the  crupper  staples, _ 
for  nailing  seats  in  riding  saddles,  etc.  Cut  tacks 
can  be  obtained  as  small  as  |  in.  in  length. 

Saddlers'  tacks  of  different  sizes  from  \  in.  to  |  in. 
long  are  used  in  putting  in  cart-saddle  and  riding- 
saddle  panels  and  flaps,  and  for  many  other  pur- 
poses. Clout  nails  are  used  now  and  then  in  putting 
houses  on  cart  saddles,  and  for  nailing  on  straps  and 
girths,  etc.  Clout  nails  and  saddlers'  tacks  are 
made  of  wrought  iron.  Round-headed  and  japanned 
nails  may  be  used  for  nailing  cart-saddle  housings, 
and  have  a  neater  appearance  than  common  iron 
clouts.  Tough  nails  are  used  in  making  all  kinds  of 
saddles  ;  they  sometimes  have  heads  covered  with 
black  patent  leather,  and  sometimes  japanned  heads 
only.  Others  have  heads  of  silver,  nickel,  or  brass. 
They  are  used  partly  as  ornaments  and  partly  to 
hold  the  work  together,  and  are  in  two  sizes,  cab 
and  gig.  There  are  usually  four  in  a  gig  or  cab 
saddle,  one  in  each  corner  of  the  skirt  in  front  and 
one  on  each  side  behind,  holding  down  the  binding 
that  comes  over  the  cantle  of  the  saddle.  The  front 
ones  are  driven  through,  bent,  and  beaten  close  to 


Harness-Makers^  Materials.  35 

the  tree  backwards,  whilst  the  hind  ones  are  cut  to 
taper  for  about  half  their  lengths  to  a  point ;  they 
are  driven  into  the  tree. 

In  a  riding  saddle  there  is  one  nail  in  the  front, 
one  in  each  of  the  sides,  one  in  the  corner  of  the 
skirts  driven  through  and  bent,  and  one  on  each 
side  just  at  the  thin  end  of  the  skirt,  driven  inwards 
so  as  to  catch  the  tree  and  be  flattened  close  to  it. 
There  is  also  one  in  each  flap  under  the  skirt  in  a 
line  with  the  stirrup  fastener,  driven  through  the 
tree  on  the  outside  of  the  plate  running  along  the 
points  from,  the  gullet ;  these  are  bent  and  flattened 
underneath.  Sometimes  brass  nails  are  used  as 
ornaments,  but  brass  beading  has  done  away  with 
their  use  to  a  great  extent.  Formerly  country  cart 
saddles  were  ornamented  by  nailing  the  housing  to 
the  tree  with  brass  nails  ;  the  covers  of  van  saddles, 
as  well  as  the  opening  over  the  boards,  w^ere  also 
fastened  down  with  these  nails. 

Such  pieces  as  loop  leather,  the  edges  of  black 
straps,  etc.,  often  have  to  be  dyed.     The  dye  or 
stain  is  made  by  boiling  together  for  half  an  hour 
1  lb.  logwood  chips,  4  oz.  crushed  nutgalls,  \  ib. 
copperas,  a  little  gum  arabic,  and  5  qt.  of  w^ater. 
Keep  a  little  in  an  old  bottle  hung  in  a  handy  posi- 
tion near  the  bench.     The  dye  is  applied  by  a  stick 
having  a  piece  of  felt  attached  to  its  end.    The  ink 
can  be  thinned  by  the  addition  of  water.    In  dyeing 
brown  leather,  it  must  first  be  coated  with  soda 
solution  to  kill  the  grease.    The  solution  is  made  by 
dissolving  a  piece  of  washing  soda  the  size  of  a 
pigeon's  egg  in  a  quart  of  hot  water.    The  black  dye 
may  then  be  applied.     If  it  does  not  strike  well, 
rub  over  it  a  coarse  brush  and  again  coat  with  dye. 
Rub  it  well  and  dry  with  a  rag,  afterwards  w^ell  rub- 
bing in  a  little  tallow  with- either  a  rag  or  the  bare 
hand.     The  tallow  gives  a  finish  and  counteracts 
any  injury  the  dye  might  do  the  hand,  there  being 
in  the  copperas  a  tendency  to  burn. 


3 6  Harness  Making. 

Flocks,  both  white  and  coloured,  are  extensively 
used  in  the  trade,  and  can  be  bought  at  from  20s. 
to  50s.  per  hundredweight ;  the  material  can  also 
be  had  in  small  quantities— even  as  low  as  a  pound. 
Best  white  flock  should  be  free  from  cotton,  and 
should  be  tested  by  putting  a  small  quantity  in  a 
candle  flame  ;  if  cotton  is  present,  it  burns  fiercely 
and  with  a  big  flame,  but  fine  wool  burns  slowly  and 
smoulders.  The  best  flock  is  used  for  stuffing  rid- 
ing-saddle panels,  etc.,  and  the  best  drummed  flock 
is  used  for  collars,  being  put  near  the  horse's 
breast  under  the  lining  to  make  the  collars  easy  for 
the  shoulder. 

The  drummed  flocks  are  in  large  sheets,  and  these 
are  cut  to  the  size  and  shape  required,  and,  being 
of  even  thickness,  will  not  be  lumpy,  an  important 
consideration  in  making  a  collar.  Coarser  flock  of 
a  w^iite,  brown,  or  any  dark  colour  will  do  for 
stuffing  and  restuffing  gig-saddle  panels.  Curled 
horsehair  is  sometimes  used  for  stuffing  panels,  and 
is  found  very  cool  for  an  animal  with  a  tender  back 
or  shoulder ;  goat  hair  is  very  suitable  for  stuffing. 
Neither  this  nor  horsehair  is  so  liable  to  be  clogged 
by  sw^eating  as  sheep's  wool,  though  the  latter, 
when  dry,  containing  but  very  little  oil  and  being 
well  carded,  is  used  extensively  in  country  places. 

All  these  materials  before  use  should  be  put 
through  the  flock  machine  once  or  twice  to  loosen 
the  fibre,  and  care  should  be  taken  when  stuffing 
with  a  rod  that  the  flock  or  wool  is  not  put  in 
lumpy  or  uneven.  After  stuffing,  the  work  should 
be  levelled  with  the  seat-awl  until  it  is  as  smooth  as 
a  board.  The  drummed  flock,  of  course,  is  already 
level  and  even  ;  it  is  not  stuffed  in,  but  laid  on  the 
inside  of  the  collar  lining  before  stuffing  the  collar 
with  straw. 

Thick  felt  is  a  good  substitute  for  pads  to  ease 
collars  and  saddles,  and  can  be  bought  in  various 
thicknesses   by    the    pound.      Large   cuttings    and 


Harness-makers'  Materials.  37 

waste  pieces  can  also  be  bought  very  cheaply,  and 
two  thicknesses  can  be  put  together  if  necessary,  a 
strap  and  a  buckle  being  on  one  side  with  a  strap  on 
the  other  to  fasten  to  a  saddle  or  collar.  Felt  is 
useful  to  put  under  cruppers  and  to  line  breechings 
when  chafing,  or  under  any  strappings  that  chafe 
the  horse's  skin.    They  can  be  fastened  to  the  above 

by  stitching  them  with  a  spot  stitch,  thus , 

about  I  in.  apart,  and  slanting  the  awl  underneath 
to  make  the  stitch  small  there  as  well  as  on  the  top  ; 
or  nails  may  be  used  when  the  felt  is  sufficiently 
thick.  False  collars,  pads  to  be  used  like  saddle 
cloths  under  gig  or  cab  saddles  and  under  cart- 
saddle  panels,  riding-saddle  cloths,  and  many  other 
articles  are  made  of  felt. 

The  harness  maker  and  saddler  uses  many  differ- 
ent kinds  of  leather,  and,  unless  the  worker  pos- 
sesses some  knowledge  of  the  particular  purpose  of 
each  variety,  much  waste  is  likely  to  result.  Stuff 
too  light  or  too  heavy,  too  thick  or  too  thin,  spoils 
a  job,  and  of  course  entails  loss. 

In  Fig.  63,  which  is  a  diagram  showing  a  cut  hide, 
A  A  show  the  sides  of  a  harness  hide  with  belly  on  ; 
c  c,  backs  of  harness  hide  with  belly  off ;  B  b  b  B, 
bellies  of  hide  ;  d  d,  middlings  ;  e,  shoulder  ;  and  F, 
uncut  middling. 

Harness  leather  can  be  bought  in  hides  (a  a)  cut 
only  along  the  back,  having  the  belly  part  attached, 
at  the  rate  of  from  Is.  2d.  to  Is.  lid.  per  lb.  The 
best  part  can  be  used  for  harness  and  cart  gear  ;  the 
belly  will  come  in  well  for  repairs,  linings,  and  fill- 
ings. Harness  backs  (c  c)  are  half  hides  from  which 
the  belly  (b  b)  has  been  cut  off ;  these  have  all  pure 
firm  leather  suitable  for  making  all  kinds  of  har- 
ness. The  price  is  from  Is.  9d.  to  2s.  5d.  per  pound. 
Trace  backs  (c  c)  resemble  the  above,  but  are 
picked  and  more  carefully  dressed,  and  are  made  of 
the  finest  and  best  grown  hides.  They  cost  from 
Is.  lOd.  to  2s.  7d.  per  pound. 


38  Harness  Making. 

Rein  hides  have*  the  bellies  attached  but  are 
dressed  and  of  picked  quality  and  thickness  and 
uniform  strength  ;  they  are  suitable  for  making  into 
driving  reins.  For  the  best  part  can  also  be  made 
any  good  light  single  straps,  where  strength  and 
durability  are  required.  The  best  part  of  the  belly 
can  be  cut  up  into  small  straps  of  any  kind  and  into 
linings.  These  hides  cost  from  56s.  to  72s.  each. 
Rein  backs  resemble  the  above,  but  have  the  belly 
cut  off ;  the  price  is  from  40s.  to  70s.  each. 

Black  strap  butts  (d  d)  are  the  best  part  of  the 
hide  from  which  the  belly  and  shoulder  have  been 
cut.  They  are  from  4  ft.  6  in.  to  4  ft.  9  in.  long,  and 
are  suitable  for  any  kind  of  good  single  strap.  The 
price  is  from  56s.  to  72s.  a  pair. 

Black  spur  shoulders  (e)  are  light  shoulders 
dressed  and  flattened ;  from  them  are  made  spur 
and  similar  straps,  garters,  wrist  straps,  etc.  The 
price  is  from  8s.  6d.  to  10s.  each.  Japanned  horse 
hides  for  patent  harness  collars  cost  from  40s.  to 
46s.  each.  Cow  hides,  japanned  for  the  same  pur- 
pose, cost  from  38s.  to  44s.  each.  Japanned  cow- 
backs  for  collars,  etc.,  cost  from  30s.  to  39s.  per  pair. 
Japanned  flap  hides  for  making  gig,  cab,  or 
brougham  harness  saddle  flaps  are  priced  at  from 
2s.  3d.  to  2s.  6d.  per  pound.  The  middlings  cost 
from  2s.  to  2s.  6d.  per  pound. 

Winker  hides,  japanned  for  making  bridle 
winkers,  cost  54s.  to  56s.  each,  and  the  middlings 
(f)  for  the  same  purpose  cost  from  32s.  to  36s.  per 
pair.  Japanned  welting  seals  for  making  welts  for 
gig  saddles,  etc.,  are  priced  at  from  7s.  6d.  to  8s.  6d. 
each.  Japanned  and  enamelled  hides  for  making 
military  belts,  etc.,  cost  from  54s.  to  60s.  each,  and 
middlings  for  the  same  purpose  from  40s.  to  42s. 
per  pair. 

There  is  great  variety  in  brown  or  stained  leather. 
Bridle  hides  for  all  sorts  of  riding  bridles  cost  from 
50s.  to  56s.  each.    Backs  (c  c)  from  the  above  cost 


Ha rness-makers'  Ma  teria ls. 


39 


45s.  to  50s.  each,  whilst  the  butts  cost  32s.  to  40s.  ; 
these  are  in  varying  qualities  and  prices. 

Brown  shoulders  (e)  dressed  for  coat  straps, 
garters,  braces,  or  small  straps  in  general  can  be 
bought  at  from  6s.  6d.  to  10s.  each,  and  driving-rein 
brown  hides  at  from  56s.  to  72s.  each.  The  backs 
cost  from  56s.  to  66s.  a  pair,  and  the  butts  for  hand- 
parts  of  reins  38s.  to  42s.  a  pair. 


Fig-.  63,— Catting  up  Hide. 


Double-rein  hides — that  is,  brown  leather  speci- 
ally selected  and  dressed  for  making  reins  of  double 
thickness  stitched  together,  cost  from  44s.  to  50s. 
each.  The  backs  cost  from  40s.  to  48s.  per  pair. 
Head-collar  rein  backs  for  making  head-collars, 
stallion  bridles,  etc.,  can  be  bought  at  from  2s.  6d. 
to  2s.  lid.  per  pound. 


40  Harxess  Makixg. 

Stirrup  hides  for  making  stirrup  straps  cost  from 
2s.  6d.  to  2s.  9d.  per  pound ;  there  are  also  inferior 
qualities.  Butts  for  stirrup  straps  cost  from  3s.  6d. 
to  4s.  per  pound.  Brown  harness  hides  cost  from 
Is.  6d.  to  Is.  lid.  per  pound.  The  backs  cost  from 
Is.  8d.  to  2s.  2d.  per  pound.  Skirt  hides  for  making 
ladies'  and  gents'  saddle  skirts  and  flaps  are  priced 
at  from  Is.  lOd.  to  2s.  2d.  per  pound.  Skirt  backs 
are  from  2s.  to  2s.  4d.  per  pound,  and  shoulders, 
Is.  5d.  to  Is.  lOd.  per  pound. 

Hog-skins  suitable  for  all  purposes,  but  chiefly 
used  for  saddles,  can  be  bought  at  from  £9  to  £12 
per  dozen  ;  they  can  be  bought  singly,  and  there  are 
also  inferior  qualities. 

Sheep-skins  in  imitation  of  hog-skins  can  be 
bought  at  from  30s.  to  60s.  per  dozen,  or  copper 
plates  for  printing  basils  and  a  printing  press  for 
the  purpose  can  be  bought  instead.  Basils  for  gig- 
saddle  panel  pads  and  repairing  collars,  and  cart- 
saddle  cheek  pads,  etc.,  can  be  bought  at  from  10s. 
to  30s.  per  dozen.  The  common  ones  are  good 
enough  for  repairs  and  cheap  vrork. 

Specially  dressed  hides  for  making  braces  or  any 
light  straps  can  be  bought  at  from  36s.  to  40s.  each  ; 
the  shoulders  (e)  or  bellies  (b)  dressed  for  the  same 
purpose  can  be  had  apart  from  the  hide.  Purse  and 
pocket-book  hides  are  also  specially  dressed,  and 
cost  from  30s.  to  40s.  each.  Calf-skins  dressed  for 
the  same  purpose  cost  from  9s.  to  10s.  6d.  each.  The 
brace  and  pocket-book  and  purse  leather  can  be 
obtained  stained  in  various  colours,  red,  brown, 
yellow,  orange,  etc.  The  brown  harness  leather 
also  can  be  had  natural  or  tallow  colour  or  stained 
fawn,  nut  brown,  yellow,  or  orange.  Brown  gear 
hides  for  cart  work  are  from  Is.  3d.  to  2s.  per 
pound,  the  backs  from  Is.  7d.  to  2s.  3d.  per  pound, 
and  bellies  from  lOd.  to  Is.  4d.  per  pound. 

Mill  bands  for  making  driving  belts  cost  from 
Is.  6d.  to  2s.  2d.  per  pound.    Engine  butts  for  mak- 


Harness-makers'  Materials,  41 

ing  strong  engine  belts,  either  single  or  double,  cost 
from  2s.  to  2s.  6d.  per  pound. 

Fancy  coloured  leather  for  bridle  fronts  and 
rosettes  cost  from  40s.  to  42s.  each  middling. 
Striped  patent  frontings  leather  costs  from  Is.  6d. 
to  2s.  9d.  per  square  foot.  White  buff  hides  for 
hunting-crop  keepers,  razor  strops,  belts,  etc.,  cost 
about  5s.  per  pound.  White  bleached  buff  middling 
is  about  5s.  per  pound. 

A  country  saddler  is  often  called  upon  to  work  in 
coach-builders'  leather  ;  leathers  for  this  purpose 
are  not  included  in  the  a'bove  list,  but,  as  a  rule, 
they  can  be  obtained  at  the  same  place  as  harness 
leather. 

Enamelled  cow,  ox,  and  bull  hides  for  carriage 
tops,  etc.,  are  sold  whole,  and  not  slit  along 
the  middle,  at  from  40s.  to  70s.  each.  Coach  hides 
and  backs  for  dashes  and  wings  cost  from  26s.  to 
40s.  each.  Seal-skins  for  the  same  purpose  cost 
from  7s.  6d.  to  12s.  each.  Hides  for  window  straps, 
enamelled  and  prepared,  cost  from  56s.  to  60s.  each. 
All  coloured  carriage  cushion  hides  for  making  car- 
riage cushions  cost  from  40s.  to  60s.  each.  Dyed 
and  enamelled  leather  for  cushions  is  sold  by  the 
square  foot. 

It  is  scarcely  necessary  to  state  that  all  the  above 
prices  fluctuate  with  the  market.  A  great  quantity 
of  harness  leather,  nowadays,  is  prepared  by  the 
quick  tanning  process,  but  it  is  inferior  stuff.  The 
best  leather  is  that  which  has  been  through  a  pure 
oak  tan.  It  is  very  hard,  however,  to  tell  when  the 
inferior  process  has  been  used,  but  as  a  rule  the 
colour,  smell,  and  even  taste  of  the  leather  decide 
the  question  ;  soft,  mellow  leather  that  has  not  a 
hard  feeling  to  the  touch  is  as  a  rule  good  leather, 
especially  if  it  has  a  close  grain  and  a  light  yellow 
colour  when  cut.  The  inferior  quality  feels  and 
looks  dry  and  hard  :  it  has  a  dull  grey  colour  and  an 
uneven  g-rain  facing.     A  good  test  is  to  bend  it, 


42  Harness  Making. 

poor  and  badly  dressed  leather  cracking  in  the  bend, 
and  the  grain  giving  way ;  these  defects  show  that 
either  chemicals  or  excessive  heats  have  been  used 
in  the  finishing  and  tanning.  Well  tanned  and 
dressed  leather  stands  the  bending  test  well. 

A  few  rules  on  cutting  up  hides  may  now  be  given. 
When  cutting  a  strap  from  a  hide,  do  not  cut  down 
lower  than  the  width  of  the  strap  required,  so  as 
not  to  interfere  with  the  next  cut  into  the  hide.  All 
possible  care  should  be  taken  to  prevent  waste,  and 
pieces  of  particular  shape  should  be  cut  from  a  pat- 
tern. It  is  sheer  waste  to  cut  off  a  piece  of  stuff 
larger  than  is  required  and  then  to  trim  it  down. 
In  cutting  up  a  hide,  lay  it  on  the  bench  with  the 
back  part  against  the  worker;  use  a  straightedge 
at  least  8  ft.  long,  and  mark  with  a  blunt-pointed 
awl  or  the  seat-awl,  using  the  straightedge  as  a 
guide.  Take  care  not  to  cut  the  grain  of  the  leather 
with  the  point  of  the  awl,  as  in  the  case  of  the 
straightedge  being  shifted  an  indelible  mark  may  be 

left. 

If  the  strap  is  to  be  cut  with  the  round  knife,  set 
the  compass  to  the  right  width,  and  put  one  point  in 
position  to  run  along  the  edge  of  the  leather,  and 
the  other  on  the  leather  so  that  it  marks  the  width 
to  be  cut ;  pull  the  compass  towards  the  worker, 
pressing  it  so  that  it  leaves  a  plain  line.  With 
the  round  knife  begin  cutting  at  the  right-hand  end, 
keeping  the  leather  steady  in  its  place  on  the 
cutting-board  with  the  left  hand.  A  cutting- 
board  ought  always  to  be  employed,  as  nails 
on  the  top  of  the  bench  would  interfere  with  the 
work.  Push  the  knife  along  the  marked  line  stead- 
ily, taking  care  that  the  knife  does  not  slip  ;  if  it 
does,  it  may  make  a  bad  slit  and  spoil  the  work. 
Straps  are  always  cut  along  the  hide  and  not  across 
it,  the  hide  being  much  stronger  lengthways. 

The  first  cutting  from  the  hide  is  suitable  for  reins, 
and  then  in  order  come  traces,  back-bands,  bridg- 


Harxess-makers'  Materials.  43 

ing-straps,  hip-straps,  and  hip-strap  tugs ;  then 
crupper  billet,  shaft  tugs,  name  tugs,  bellyband, 
bridle  head-strap,  cheeks,  etc.  ;  and  from  the  belly 
part  or  third  quality  in  side  of  hide  may  be  cut 
linings  and  layers  for  folds.  In  making  cart  harness, 
cut  bridge-band,  crupper,  and  bridge-band  carrier 
or  hip-straps  and  bearers,  and  then  cart-saddle 
bellybands  and  bridle  ;  the  best  part  of  the  belly, 
with  the  top  well  lined,  will  do  for  side  pieces  of 
collar,  unless  this  can  be  cut  from  a  specially 
dressed  piece. 

Specially  curried  leather  must  be  obtained  for 
cart-saddle  housings  and  winkers,  as  the  harness 
leather  is  not  firm  enough  and  contains  too  much 
oil.  The  special  leather  also  must  be  got  for  the 
saddle  flaps,  the  pieces  lying  against  the  ribs  of  the 
horse  under  the  ridgworth. 

A  leather  that  is  cheapest  in  first  cost  is  not 
always  the  cheapest  to  use.  That  leather  is  the 
best  from  which  the  greatest  weight  of  firm  straps 
can  be  made,  and  which  will  continue  firm  for  the 
greatest  length  down  towards  the  belly  part. 

The  compass  and  round  knife  only  were  men- 
tioned in  the  description  of  cutting  straps,  but  the 
plough  is  very  useful  for  cutting  straps  varying  from 
\  in.  to  5|  in.  in  width.  The  plough  does  away  with 
the  use  of  both  compass  and  round  knife,  and  cuts 
much  more  evenly  and  straight  than  it  is  possible 
to  do  by  hand.  Its  use  effects  a  great  saving  of 
time,  the  knife  merely  requiring  to  be  adjusted  on 
the  gauge  and  made  fast  by  the  thumb-screw. 
Hold  the  leather  firm  and  flat  on  the  board  with  the 
left  hand,  and  press  it  forward  to  the  plough,  keep- 
ing the  guard  close  and  tight  to  the  edge  all  along. 
The  uses  of  the  head  knife  in  cutting  will  be  fully 
explained  later. 

Brown  harness  work,  as  small  straps,  traces,  back- 
band,  and  breechings,  may  be  finished  with  a  thin 
solution  of  gum  and  water,   and  should  be  well 


44  Harxess  Makixg. 

rubbed  with  a  smooth  bone  until  polished.  Machines 
for  trimming  the  edges  are  made,  but  their  work  is 
incomplete,  because  all  lengthy  straps  have  parts 
in  which  the  fibres  are  less  close  than  at  others.  A 
good  method  is  to  knock  the  edges  all  along,  con- 
solidate them  as  much  as  possible,  and  then  trim 
them  round  and  level  with  the  spokeshave  ;  after- 
wards run  a  glass  scraper  over  them  and  sandpaper. 
Finally,  a  good  rubbing  with  brown  paper  and  bone, 
after  gumming,  v>'ill  give  a  fine  polished  edge  to  all 
brown  work. 

Black  straps  and  harness  are  prepared  in  the  same 
way  for  polishing ;  black  dye  them,  then  rub  dry 
with  a  rag,  and  polish  with  brow^n  paper  and  bone. 
Sometimes,  after  blacking  and  rubbing,  a  coat  of 
liquid  blacking  is  applied,  and  rubbed  until  dry. 
Again,  some  harness-makers  employ  black-ball  and 
a  burnisher  to  finish  after  blacking,  rubbing  down 
well  ;  this  is  recommended  for  the  best  harness.  It 
should  be  understood  that  whenever  the  w^ord  finish- 
ing is  used  here  in  connection  with  best  harness  this 
process  is  referred  to  for  black  and  brown  harness 
and  single  straps. 

Common  harness  and  cart  gear,  especially  in 
country  places,  are  usually  finished  by  levelling  the 
edges,  scraping  with  glass,  blacking,  rubbing  with  a 
rag,  and  finally,  after  passing  a  ball  of  hard  tallow- 
along  the  edges,  rubbing  with  a  bone  or  hard  knife 
handle. 

Webs  are  used  for  a  variety  of  purposes  by  sad- 
dlers. Girth  web  for  making  saddle  girths  is  sold 
in  15-yd.  pieces.  It  can  be  had  in  cotton,  union,  or 
worsted.  Race  girth  is  a  superior  material  for 
racing  saddles  ;  it  is  about  5  in.  wide.  Web  for 
roller  girth  is  from  4  in.  to  6  in.  wide  and  in  12^-yd. 
pieces  ;  it  is  of  cotton,  union,  or  worsted.  In  the 
same  material  is  made  trace  web  in  18|-yd.  pieces, 
\\  in.  to  2^  in.  wide.  Game-bag  web  is  sometimes 
req  ired,  and  is  bought  by  the  yard  in  different 


HaR A' ESS-MAKERS^    MATERIALS.  45 

colours.  Men's  body-belt  web  is  to  be  had  in  18-yd. 
pieces  from  4  in.  to  8  in.  wide,  and  in  seven  or  eight 
colours.  Straining-web  for  saddle  seats  can  be 
bought  by  the  yard  or  in  the  piece.  A  country 
saddler  finds  diaper-web  very  useful ;  this  is  bought 
in  15-yd.  pieces. 

Other  requisites,  such  as  bits,  spurs,  stirrups,  and 
harness  furniture  are  described  in  Chapter  X. 

A  few  reliable  recipes  for  some  of  the  most  neces- 
sary articles  employed  in  harness  making  will  now^ 
be  given. 

Iron  Liquor  for  Dyeing. — (a)  Green  copperas,  2  lb.  ; 
vinegar,  2  qt.  ;  pulverised  nutgall,  ^  lb.  ;  and  water, 
4  qt.  Two  weeks  after  mixing  add  another  2  qt.  of 
water,  {h)  Bichromate  of  potash,  ^  lb.  ;  logwood  ex- 
tract, 1  lb.  ;  copperas,  1  oz.  ;  and  water,  1  gal. 

Saddlers'  Black  Wax. — (a)  Pitch,  2  lb.  ;  resin,  2^  lb.  ; 
seal  oil,  one  pennyworth.  In  winter  add  2  lb.  of 
resin  instead  of  2^  lb.,  and  never  more  than  f  of  the 
oil  until  the  stiffness  of  the  wax  has  been  tested. 
(b)  Pitch,  1  lb.  ;  resin,  1  lb.  ;  and  linseed  oil,  one 
pennyworth. 

The  exact  amount  of  oil  to  be  used  in  both  of  the 
above  recipes  depends  on  the  season  and  the 
weather.  A  little  lampblack  may  be  well  mixed  in 
w^hen  the  wax  is  required  very  black.  x\lways  melt 
the  pitch  and  resin  together,  and  then  add  the  oil. 
Afterwards  pour  the  mixture  into  cold  water,  and 
knead  and  pull  it  until  it  floats.  Try  a  small  piece 
first  to  ascertain  whether  there  is  sufficient  oil,  and 
likewise  after  pulling  to  see  whether  it  floats. 

Brown  Wax. — Beeswax,  1  lb.  ;  pale  resin,  3  oz.  ; 
and  white-lead,  3  oz.  The  wax  can  be  softened  or 
hardened  by  adding  more  or  less  beeswax.  Melt  the 
mixture,  stirring  it,  and  then  pour  it  into  water  and 
pull  until  it  floats. 

Flour  Taste.- — Water,  1  qt.,  and  alum  3  oz.  Heat 
until  the  alum  has  melted,  and  when  cold  add  flour 
to  the  consistency  of  cream ;  then  let  the  mixture 


46  Harxess  Making, 

boil,  stirring  it  at  the  same  time.  By  adding  a  little 
powdered  resin  and  a  clove  or  two  before  boiling, 
the  paste  will  keep  for  a  year  and  can  be  softened 
with  water  when  dry. 

Brown  Stain. — Boil  equal  parts  of  pine  and  alder 
bark  in  six  times  their  bulk  of  water  until  the  colour 
is  extracted,  and  when  cold  add  a  little  alcohol. 

Yellow  Stain. — Boil  some  fustic  berries  in  alum 
water  and  darken  the  shade  by  adding  powdered 
brazil,  w^hich  must  be  boiled  with  the  berries. 

Brown,  Bussct,  and  Yellow  Stain. — Boil  a  given 
amount  of  saffron  in  water  until  the  colour  is  ex- 
tracted, cut  a  quantity  of  annatto,  putting  it  into 
urine,  and  mix  the  urine  and  extract,  the  proportion 
of  each  determining  the  shade  ;  the  greater  the 
amount  of  annatto  the  darker  the  colour. 

Stain  for  Biding  Saddles,  etc. — Saffron,  three  penny- 
worth ;  annatto,  one  pennyworth  ;  soft  soap,  one 
pennyworth  ;  and  boiling  water,  1  qt.  Mix  and  let 
the  whole  stand  until  ready. 

Beviver  for  Batent  Leather. — Mix  warm  linseed  oil 
1  pt.,  and  cream  1  pt.  Apply  with  a  sponge  and 
polish  with  a  soft  flannel  or  rag. 

Harness  Composition. — (a)  Glue,  4  oz.  ;  gum  arable, 
3  oz.  ;  water,  |  pt.  Dissolve  all  by  heat  and  add  6  oz. 
of  treacle  and  5  oz.  of  very  finely  powdered  ivory 
black,  and  slowly  evaporate  with  constant  tritura- 
tion until  the  composition  is  of  the  proper  consist- 
ency when  cold.  When  nearly  cold,  bottle  and  cork  ; 
if  necessary  the  bottle  can  be  warmed  before  use. 
(h)  Mutton  suet  2  oz.,  and  pure  beeswax  6  oz.  Melt 
this  mixture  and  then  add  finely  powdered  sugar 
candy,  6  oz.  ;  soft  soap,  2  oz.  ;  lampblack,  2oz.  ;  and 
finely  powdered  indigo,  ^  oz.  When  perfectly  incor- 
porated add  i  pt.  of  oil  of  turpentine.  Keep  the 
composition  in  pots  or  tins,  (c)  Beeswax,  1  lb.  ; 
soft  soap,  6  oz.  ;  ivory  black,  ^  lb.  ;  Prussian  blue 
(ground  in),  1  oz.  ;  linseed  oil,  2  oz.  ;  and  oil  of  tur- 
pentine, ^  pt.    Mix  well  together  and  pot.     Put  a 


Harxess-makers   Materials.  47 

thin  layer  of  one  of  the  above  on  the  leather  and 
polish  gently  with  a  brush  or  rubber. 

Harness  Jet. — Molasses,  8  parts ;  lampblack,  1 
part ;  sweet  oil,  1  part ;  gum  arabic,  1  part ;  isin- 
glass, 1  part ;  and  water,  32  parts.  Mix  well  to- 
gether and  add  1  pt.  of  turpentine.  Apply  the  mix- 
ture with  a  sponge.  If  it  is  hard,  place  the  bottle 
in  hot  water  to  soften  the  mixture.  One  ounce  of 
spirit  of  wine  can  also  be  added  when  cool. 

Waterproof  Paste  for  Carriage  Harness. — (a)  Dis- 
solve three  sticks  of  black  sealing  wax  in  ^  pt.  of 
alcohol,  or  dissolve  lac  in  alcohol  and  colour  with 
sufficient  lampblack,  (h)  Melt  2  oz.  of  black  resin  in 
a  glazed  vessel  over  the  fire,  and  then  add  3  oz.  of 
bees-wax,  and  as  soon  as  all  is  melted  remove  from 
the  fire  and  add  ^  oz.  of  fine  lampblack  and  ^  oz.  of 
Prussian  blue  in  powder.  Stir  all  well  and  add 
enough  turpentine  to  form  a  thin  paste.  Cool  and 
apply  with  a  sponge  ;  polish  with  a  soft  brush. 

Oil  for  Farm  and  Team  Harness. — Melt  3  lb.  of  pure 
tallow  without  letting  it  boil,  and  gently  add  1  lb.  of 
pure  neatsfoot  oil.  Stir  continually  until  cold,  so 
that  it  will  be  perfectly  mixed,  otherwise  the  tallow 
will  harden  in  lumps.  To  colour,  add  a  little  bone 
black  or  lampblack. 

Brass  Polishing  Paste. — (a)  Dissolve  3  parts  of  oxalic 
acid  in  40  of  water,  with  100  of  pumicestone  pow- 
dered, 2  of  oil  of  turpentine,  12  of  soft  soap,  and  12 
of  any  fat  oil.  (h)  Beat  equal  weights  of  soft  soap 
and  rottenstone  into  a  paste. 

Plate  Powder. — Take  as  much  sulphate  of  iron  as 
will  fill  a  clay  pipe,  keep  it  on  the  fire  for  a  quarter 
of  an  hour,  and  mix  w^ith  powdered  chalk. 

Leather  Preserver. — To  preserve  harness  from  the 
effect  of  ammonia  in  stables  add  a  little  glycerine 
to  the  oil  employed. 

Leather  Cement. — (a)  Dissolve  guttapercha  in  bi- 
sulphate  of  carbon  until  of  the  consistency  of 
treacle.    Shave  well  the  parts  to  be  cemented  and 


48  Harness  Making. 

then  spread  a  little  cement  evenly  over  them.  Warm 
them  for  about  half  a  minute,  apply  one  against 
the  other  quickly,  and  press  hard.  Keep  the  bottle 
well  corked  and  in  a  cool  place.  (5)  Melt  gutta- 
percha, 16  parts  ;  pure  rubber,  4  parts  ;  yellow  pitch, 
2  parts  ;  shellac,  1  part ;  and  linseed  oil,  2  parts,  and 
apply  as  above,  {c)  Guttapercha,  1  lb.  ;  indiarubber, 
4  oz.  ;  pitch,  1  oz.  ;  shellac,  1  oz.  ;  and  linseed  oil, 
2  oz.  Melt  all  together.  The  composition  will 
harden  when  kept,  and  must  be  melted  for  use. 

Bronzing  for  Leaiher. — A  small  amount  of  so-called 
insoluble  aniline  violet  is  dissolved  in  a  little  water 
and  the  solution  brushed  over  the  article  ;  it  will  dry 
quickly.  If  the  result  is  not  satisfactory,  repeat  the 
process. 

To  Gild  Calf-  or  Sheepskin. — Wet  the  leather  with 
some  egg  albumen,  and,  when  dry,  rub  it  w^ith  the 
hands  damped  with  a  little  olive  oil.  Then  apply  the 
gold  leaf,  and  pass  a  hot  iron  over  it. 


49 


CHAPTER    III. 

STRAP     MAKING     AND     STITCHING. 

Insteuctions  have  been  given  on  making  threads 
and  cutting  leather,  and  now  a  simple  exercise  in 
stitching  may  be  given  in  the  putting  together  of 
small  straps. 

In  making  a  box  strap,  cut  with  the  round  knife 
or  plough  from  the  back  of  the  hide  a  good  piece 
of  leather,  which  should  be  6  ft.  long,  and  1^  in. 
wide.  Turn  down  about  2  in.  of  one  end,  cut  a  hole 
within  about  ^  in.  of  the  bend,  and  slit  the  part  out 
with  two  cuts.  Neatly  shave  down  the  point  of  the 
under  piece  with  the  round  knife,  and  slant  the 
other  end  a  bit  at  each  side  to  make  a  neat  point  to 
enter  the  buckle  easily.  Run  the  No.  1  edge  tool 
along  the  sharp  edges  of  the  two  sides  and  of  the 
top  and  bottom  ;  this  takes  a  small  strip  off,  rounds 
the  edges,  and  produces  a  better  finish.  If  brown 
leather  is  used,  wipe  the  edges  with  a  damp  sponge  ; 
instead  of  pure  water,  a  very  thin  solution  of  gum 
may  be  used.  Then  rub  the  edges  with  a  rag  or 
with  a  piece  of  brown  paper  until  they  are  smooth 
and  polished. 

Adjust  the  screw-crease  so  that  it  marks  a  line 
about  i  in.  inside  the  edges,  warm  the  crease  in 
a  gas  or  candle  flame,  and  rub  it  sharply  all  along 
the  edge,  guiding  the  crease  mark  on  the  strap  by 
keeping  the  other  side  of  the  crease  close  up  to  the 
strap.  Rub  backwards  and  forwards  until  there  is  a 
deep  polished  mark  on  the  strap,  then  mark  across 
the  point  in  the  same  way.  This  operation  is  known 
as  creasing. 

Two  crease  marks  instead  of  one  may  be  made 
after  turning  the  thumb-screw  to  widen  the  points 
of  the  tool.     Then  cut  a  piece  to  form  a  loop  about 

D 


50  Harness  Making. 

I  in.  wide  and  long  enough  to  go  round  any  part  of 
the  strap  and  make  the  ends  meet.  Edge  this  in 
the  same  way  as  the  strap,  polish  with  dye  or  water 
according  to  colour,  and  then  crease. 

For  a  running  loop — one  that  runs  loosely  along 
the  strap — the  leather  about  \  in.  longer  than  twice 
the  width  of  the  strap   so   as  to   overlap ;   shave 
one  end  on  the  top  or  grain  side,  and  the  other  on 
the  bottom  or  flesh  side,  so  that  when  jointed  the 
pieces  will  make  an  even  thickness.     Allow  suf- 
ficient length  for  the  two  thicknesses  of  strap  to  go 
through,  and  mark  where  it  is  to  overlap.    Put  one 
side  of  the  doubled  part  in  the  clamp  and  stitch  the 
side  opposite,  then  reverse  it  and  stitch  the  other  ; 
all  running  loops  are  made  in  this  way  except  for 
very  common  straps,   when  the  strips  are  simply 
brought  end  to  end  and  a  stitch  or  two  is  made  from 
side  of  the  doubled  part  in  the  clamp  and  stitch  the 
buckle,  put  the  tongue  point  of  the  latter  through 
the  hole  made  for  it  in  the  strap,  and  having  marked 
the  stitches  eight  or  ten  to  the  inch  with  the  wheel- 
pricker  on  the  short  underpart,  put  the  loop  in  be- 
tween the  two  leathers  deep  enough  for  the  stitches 
to  hold  firmly.     Begin  stitching  by  the  buckle,  put- 
ting a  cross  stitch  downwards  close  to  it.    Stitch  the 
straight  row  along  the  line  of  marks  close  to  the 
buckle  end,  and  have  a  stitch  over ;  do  not  pull  the 
thread  up  at  the  last  stitch,  but  have  both  the  ends 
underneath.    Put  two  or  three  stitches  in  the  centre 
at  the  point ;   here  also  the  last  stitch  is  down- 
wards.      Then    begin    stitching    the    other    side. 
With    the    awl    put    the    first    hole    close    to    the 
point    and    pull    the    thread    through ;    make    the 
next    hole    and    put    the    other    thread    up    and 
the    top    one    down,    and    so    on    until    the    loop 
is   reached.      See   that   the   loop   is   of   the   right 
length ;  if  too  long,  cut  a  bit  off.    Put  the  point  in 
between  the  two  leathers,  deep  enough  to  catch  the 
stitches,  and  put  one  or  two  stitches  in  the  side  next 


Sti^ap    Makjng    and  Stitching,  51 

to  the  thread,  slanting  the  awl  a  little  outwards  at 
the  point.  Put  the  upper  needle  through  the  loop 
so  that  the  stitching  will  not  be  over  it,  and  have 
a  stitch  or  tw^o  in  the  side  of  the  loop  next  to  the 
worker  ;  finish  it  up  to  the  buckle.  Put  a  cross  stitch 
at  the  finish,  the  same  as  on  the  other  side,  and  cut 
the  thread.  Put  a  loop  stick  of  the  same  width  and 
thickness  as  the  strap  through  both  loops,  hammer 
them  lightly  to  shape,  and  run  the  warm  single 
crease  along  the  edges.  With  a  punch  of  the  right 
size  cut  the  required  number  of  buckle  holes,  begin- 
ning about  5  in.  from  the  point ;  make  the  distance 
between  the  holes  a  little  more  than  the  width  of  the 
strap.  This  is  always  the  rule  in  punching  single 
straps,  such  as  garters,  cart  hame  straps,  dog 
muzzle  straps,  luggage  straps,  etc. 

With  regard  to  threading  the  needles,  a  properly 
made  thread  will  have  a  nice  point,  which  must  be 
well  waxed,  and  pulled  between  the  finger  and 
thumb  two  or  three  times  to  w^arm  the  wax  so  that 
it  will  stick.  Pass  the  end  through  the  eye  of  the 
needle  for  from  1  in.  to  2  in.,  according  to  the  fine- 
ness of  the  point,  and  holding  the  thread  between 
the  finger  and  the  thumb  of  the  left  hand,  spin  it 
from  you  with  the  finger  and  thumb  of  the  right 
hand.  Afterwards  draw  the  thread  from  the  needle 
downwards  at  the  point  between  the  fingers  so  as  to 
stick  the  point  together  well  and  make  it  smooth. 
Take  care  not  to  put  it  too  far  through  the  eye,  or  it 
will  be  too  thick  to  go  through  the  holes  in  the 
leather,  while  if  it  is  not  pulled  through  far  enough 
the  thread  is  liable  to  break.  Be  careful  also  to  get 
needles  of  proper  size  ;  light  thread  for  light  work 
and  strong  thread  for  thick  and  heavy  work  ;  and  a 
fine  awl  for  fine  thread,  and  a  coarse  and  strong  one 
for  coarser  thread,  and  so  on. 

In  making  the  first  hole  in  stitching,  put  the 
needle  and  thread  up  from  underneath,  and  draw 
exactly   half    of   the    thread    through.      Put   both 


52  Harness  Making. 

needles  together  and  adjust  the  lengths  of  the  two 
portions  of  threads,  and  with  the  awl  cut  the  second 
hole,  and  stitch  on.  Always  put  the  lower  thread  in 
each  hole  first  and  draw  it  up  about  3  in.,  then  put 
the  other  needle  in  and  pull,  always  keeping  the 
thread  from  below  lowest  in  the  hole  and  the  top 
thread  above.  This  is  managed  by  pulling  with  the 
upper  hand  a  bit  downwards,  and  with  the  hand  at 
the  back  of  the  work  a  bit  upwards,  thus  tending 
to  keep  the  stitches  in  position.  It  may  be  noticed 
that  the  hole  is  not  round,  but  square  and  elon- 
gated, and  tends  to  help  the  manipulation  of  the 
thread.  Do  not  make  a  practice  of  pushing  the  awl 
through  the  work  at  right  angles  to  the  face,  but  on 
the  slant ;  the  holes  made  by  the  wheel-pricker  are 
all  on  the  slant.  The  above  instructions  also  apply 
to  double-thread  stitching,  the  kind  mostly  used  in 
harness  making,  though  many  things,  such  as  the 
straps,  described  above,  are  stitched  with  single 
thread. 

In  back  stitching,  use  one  thread  only ;  begin  by 
putting  it  up  from  below  ;  put  it  down  backwards  in 
the  next  hole  to  the  one  last  made,  and  then  pull  it 
tightly  from  below.  There  is  not  much  difference 
on  the  top  side,  but  the  stitches  on  the  underside 
are  twice  as  long  and  cross  each  other  in  chain 
fashion.  Sometimes  it  is  convenient  to  adopt  this 
method  to  use  up  waste  points,  etc.,  but  such  things 
as  traces,  surcingles,  waist-belts  of  web,  saddle 
girths,  etc.,  are  always  stitched  with  single  thread. 
When  repairing  inferior  harness,  single  thread  can 
sometimes  be  used  without  stitching  backwards,  by 
doing  what  is  called  spotting,  that  is,  always  going 
forward  thus  /  /  / ,  and  only  up  and  down  forward, 
the  stitching  appearing  like  spots,  and  not  as  an 
unbroken  chain. 

Stitching  with  white  lace  in  cart  work  is  done  in 
this  manner : — Put  the  holes  on  the  upper  side  very 
close  together,  but  underneath ;  the  distance  apart 


Strap  Making  and  Stitching, 


53 


may  vary  with  the  fineness  of  the  work.  This  kind 
of  lace  stitching  is  not  much  in  vogue  now,  but  it 
looks  well  when  across  the  end  of  breechings  for 
cart  purposes,  across  the  openings  in  cart  cruppers, 
etc.  Lace  needles  and  white  skin  will  be  necessary 
for  this  work. 

Riding  bridles  and  almost  all  light  brown  work 
are  stitched  single  thread  and  backwards,  with 
either  white  linen,  cotton,  or  silk  beesw^axed,  or 
sometimes  with  yellow  fine  hemp  thread  beeswaxed. 

Dog-collars  are  made  in  a  similar  way  to  Ihe 
straps  previously  mentioned,  only  the  bend  is  made 
a  little  longer  underneath  to  allow  sufficient  lining 
under  the  D  to  which  the  chain  may  be  fastened. 

Now  that  an  insight  into  stitching  has  been  ob- 
tained, the  making  of  a  waist-belt.  Figs.  64  to  66, 


Fig.  64.— Plain  Waist  Belt. 


may  be  described.  Cut  the  v/eb  so  that  its  ends 
meet  together  round  the  waist,  and  also  cut  pieces 
of  very  thin  belly  brown  leather  or  basil,  for  binding 
the  ends  ;  the  latter  should  be  about  1\  in.  wide,  and 
as  long  as  the  webbing  is  wide.  Turn  down  the 
binding  along  the  centre  lengthways,  hammer  it 
lightly,  and  with  the  screw-crease  mark  along  one 
side  ;  then  slip  it  in  both  sides  of  the  ends  of  the 
web,  and  either  put  a  tack  or  two  in  it,  to  keep  it 
in  place,  or  paste  it  down.  Allow  the  paste  to  dry 
before  proceeding  further.  With  the  wheel  pricker 
along  the  crease  mark  the  stitches,  about  ten  to  the 
inch,  then  put  the  web  in  the  clamp,  the  latter 
being  between  the  knees,  and  begin  stitching  at  the 
end  farthest  from  the  worker.     Use  one  yellow  or 


54 


Harxess  Making. 


white  linen  thread  dressed  with  beeswax.  On 
coming  to  the  end,  cut  the  thread  ;  also  cut  tne  bind- 
ing square  with  the  edge  of  the  web  and  stitch  both 
ends  across  at  some  distance  from  the  edge. 

Prepare  the  pieces  to  be  put  over  the  straps  and 
chapes  ;  cut  them  about  3  in.  wide,  and  straight  on 
one  side,  making  any  fancy  cut  on  the  other  ;  two 
of  these  pieces  are  wanted,  one  at  each  end.  Then 
cut  the  straps  and  chapes,  and  use  light  tinned 
bridle  buckles  or  brown  covered  buckles  |  in.  wide. 
With  the  compasses  set  to  the  right  width,  mark  out 
the  straps  on  a  close  piece  of  brown  shoulder  or 
belly  leather.  Cut  the  straps  about  6  in.  long  and 
the  chapes  about  2-2  in.  long.  They  may  be  cut  in 
long  strips,  being  afterwards  divided  into  the  re- 


Fiy.  6.).— Fancy  Waist  Belt. 

quired  lengths.  Form  the  strap,  point  one  end  a 
little,  and  shave  the  other  end  to  go  under  the  pieces 
above  mentioned  ;  rub  the  edges  either  with  water 
or  solution,  and  crease  them  about  tV  in.  from  the 
edge.  Then  turn  down  the  chapes  for  the  buckles, 
shave  down  both  ends  thin,  and  let  the  lower  one 
be  a  little  shorter  than  the  other.  Punch  a  small 
hole  about  \  in.  from  the  end,  cut  the  hole  clean  out 
at  the  bend,  and  the  piece  is  then  ready  for  the 
buckle. 

Use  thin  brown  waste  to  make  the  loops  ;  with  the 
compasses  mark  a  width  of  this  about  |  in.,  cut  to 
the  right  length  ;  then  rub  and  crease  the  chapes. 
Place  the  buckles  in  the  leather,  put  in  the  loops 
about  half  the  width  of  the  chape  between  the  two 


Stkap  Making  and  Stitching. 


55 


points  of  the  chape,  and  close  to  the  buckle,  and 
put  two  or  three  stitches  in  each  end.  The  pieces 
to  hold  up  the  belt  firmly  at  the  small  of  the  back 
should  be  about  1  in.  wide.  E-ub  the  edges  and 
crease  them  as  well  as  the  two  pieces  for  the  front, 
and  mark  stitches  with  the  pricker  in  all  of  them. 
Three  of  these  back  supports  will  be  needed,  one 
right  across  the  centre  of  the  belt  and  one  on  each 
side,  3  in.  from  the  centre  at  the  top  and  slanting 
inwards  to  within  1^  in.  from  the  centre  at  the 
bottom. 

To  determine  which  is  the  lower  and  which  is  th^ 
upper  side  of  the  belt,  bear  in  mind  that,  when  being 
worn,  the  buckles  will  be  on  the  left-hand  side  and 
the  straps  on  the  right.    Put  one  of  the  3-in.  wide 


Fig.  66.— Waist  Belt  with  Pockets. 

pieces  flat  on  the  belt,  within  about  3  in.  of  the  end, 
and  either  paste  or  tack  it  in  its  place  from  the 
lower  side.  Put  the  straps  in  about  |  in.,  all  three 
exactly  alike,  one  in  the  centre,  and  the  others  one 
on  each  side  within  \  in.  of  the  edge.  Place  the 
other  piece  in  the  other  end  so  near  the  edge  that, 
in  putting  the  buckle  chapes  up  to  the  loops  under 
the  edge  of  the  piece,  the  outer  edge  of  the  buckle 
is  flush  with  the  end  of  the  belt.  Fasten  the  chapes 
in  position  exactly  opposite  the  straps  in  the  other 
end.  Then  backstitch  the  pieces  in  each  end  all 
round,  in  the  same  way  as  the  binding  was  treated. 
Put  a  second  row  of  stitches  farther  in  than  the  first, 
through  the  strap  ends  and  through  the  end  of  the 
chapes  ;  leave  about  \  in.  between  two  rows,  and 
then  lay  on  the  back  straps.  Having  pricked  them, 
stitch  them  in  the   same  way  as  the   others.     If 


56  Harness  Making. 

pasted  on,  they  can  be  kept  more  easily  in  their 
place ;  if  pasting  is  not  convenient,  pencil  on  their 
positions  and  keep  them  to  the  mark  in  stitching.  I 

It  is  usual  to  put  a  piece  of  whalebone  or  good  \ 

hard  cane  inside  these  to  keep  them  up  ;  thin  the 
bone  or  cane  and  push  it  in  between  the  leather  and 
webbing  from  one  end,  and  then  stitch  both  ends  . 
across.  Put  four  or  six  holes  in  the  straps  and  see 
that  they  work  easily  in  the  loops,  when  the  belt  is 
finished. 


57 


CHAPTER    IV. 

LOOPING. 

Some  hints  on  looping  will  be  given  in  this  chapter. 
The  loops  are  pieces  of  leather  placed  crosswise  on 
all  straps,  which  have  buckles,  to  keep  the  point  of 
the  strap  in  its  proper  position.  Sometimes  also 
loops  are  employed  merely  to  hold  the  straps  in 
place,  as  for  example  in  the  case  of  shaft  tugs. 
Loops  are  common  to  all  kinds  of  straps  in  general 
and  to  harness  and  cart  gear  in  particular. 

Straps  made  to  exact  length  wdth  only  one  hole 
are  cut  long  enough  beyond  the  hole  to  go  through 
the  loop,  and  so  give  the  work  a  neat  finish.  When 
the  unused  part  of  the  strap  varies  considerably  in 
length,  the  part  run  through  the  buckle  being  some- 
times 6  in.  long  and  sometimes  3  ft.  long,  a  runner 
loop  must  be  made  to  hold  the  point  of  the  strap. 

A  runner  is  a  loop  which  runs  loosely  along  the 
strap  to  any  required  part.  To  make  it,  one  end 
is  laid  on  the  other,  overlapping  it  more  or  less 
according  to  the  size  of  the  loop,  and  the  material 
is  then  stitched  ;  it  must  be  made  loose  enough  for 
two  thicknesses  of  the  strap  to  pass  easily. 

The  width  of  the  loops,  except  in  the  case  of  pipe 
or  box  loops  (defined  later)  must  always  be  in  pro- 
portion with  that  of  the  strap  ;  the  broader  the 
strap,  the  broader  is  the  loop.  Taste  and  a  due 
sense  of  proportion  are  necessary  here  as  elsewhere. 
The  loop  must  never  be  placed  too  near  the  buckle, 
particularly  when  the  strap  running  through  is  stiff. 
Both  ends  of  the  loop  should  be  placed  so  that  they 
can  be  firmly  stitched ;  the  first  end  is  stitched 
easily,  but  the  second  requires  more  practice.  The 
ends  of  the  loop  should  be  made  to  meet  in  the 


58 


Harness  Making. 


centre  of  the  strap,  care  being  taken  to  catch  it  at 
the  first  stitch,  for  then  it  will  not  easily  slip  from 
its  place.  Two  stitches  on  each  side  may  suffice, 
but  a  very  wide  loop  will  need  four  or  five  on  both 
sides  of  the  ends.  Slant  the  awl  with  every  stitch, 
using  the  end  of  the  awl  to  drive  the  loop  a  little 
out  of  the  way. 

It  must  not  be  taken  for  granted  that  a  firm  hold 
of  the  loop  has  been  obtained  until  it  is  com- 
pletely stitched ;  but  make  sure  of  the  work  at  the 
first  stitch,   as  otherwise  it  may  be  necessary  to 


Fig.  67. — Box  Creased  Loop. 

unstitch  the  work  and  do  it  again.  Care  must  be 
taken  also  to  ascertain  that  the  loop  is  straight  in 
its  place  at  the  first  stitch,  and  that  one  side  of  the 
same  end  is  not  farther  in  than  the  other.  A  crooked 
loop  spoils  the  appearance  of  the  whole  of  the  work. 
Box  loops  (Figs.  67  to  70)  or,  as  they  are  styled, 
pipe  loops,  are  long  loops  like  those  on  bridle 
cheeks,  bearers  of  gig  breechings,  hame  tugs,  etc. 
To  make  them,  measure  the  length  and  width  of  the 
loop  required  ;  for  example,  a  bridle  cheek  |  in. 
wide  and  8  in.  long  will  need  a  loop  if  in.  Avide  and 
7^  in.  long. 


Looping, 


59 


Before  making  the  loop,  crease  a  line  along  the 
place  to  be  stitched,  about  \  in.  from  the  edge,  and 
cut  a  groove  along  the  line  to  about  half  the  depth  ; 
then  open  the  groove  well  with  the  blunt  point  of 
a  compass,  passing  it  backwards  and  forwards.  The 
stitching  is  done  along  this  groove,  which  is  finally 
closed. 

The  groove  is  necessary  on  account  of  the  coarse 
stitches,  about  four  to  the  inch,  which  are  thus  kept 
out  of  sight-and  prevented  from  being  worn  away  by 
friction.   Another  method  is  to  slit  the  leather  about 


Fig-.  68. — Box  Creased  Loops. 

Y6  in.  from  the  side  ;  then  to  raise  it  and  stitch  under 
it.  When  finished,  apply  a  litle  paste  or  gum  to 
hold  it  firm,  and  smooth  it  down  over  the  stitches. 

Mark  a  line  on  the  loop  at  about  half  the  width 
of  the  strap  and  run  a  writing  pen  along  it  to  keep 
the  mark  visible  ;  the  loop,  being  of  brown  leather, 
will  retain  the  mark  of  the  ink,  whereas  the  compass 
mark  alone  would  be  obliterated  by  damping.  This 
mark  is  essential  as  a  guide  in  fixing  the  loop  and 
stitching.  Mark  the  inside  of  the  loop  first  time 
and  the  outer  side  the  second.  Damp  the  loop  well 
first.    Stitch  the  first  side  with  black  wax  three-cord 


6o 


Harness  Making. 


thread  about  \  in.  apart ;  this  is  an  easy  job,  the 
difficult  point  being  the  blind-stitching.  Put  the 
loop  between  the  winker  and  the  cheek  as  far  as 


Fig.  69. 


Fie-.  70. 


Figs.  69  and  70.— Box  Creased  Loops. 

the  mark  and  put  a  tack  in  each  end  and  one  in  the 
centre. 

The  first  stitches  are  simple  enough,  but  when  it 
becomes  impossible  to  see  and  reach  the  hole  the 


Looping.  6 1 

awl  must  be  put  right  through  the  loop  to  the  other 
thread  about  \  in.  apart ;  this  is  an  easy  job,  the 
side,  the  needle  and  thread  being  passed  after- 
wards. Take  the  needles  off  both  threads,  and  by 
means  of  a  wire  hook  pull  the  inside  thread  out 
through  the  loop  until  it  is  3  in.  from  the  hole  it 
entered.  Now  put  the  awl  through  the  thread  close 
to  the  loop,  run  the  end  of  the  other  thread  through 
for  about  2  in.,  and  pull  it  through  the  hole  by  the 
aid  of  the  first  thread  to  the  side  being  stitched. 
Take  out  the  end  of  the  thread,  put  through  and 
pull  both  extremities  until  tight,  one  in  the  groove 
and  the  other  inside  the  loop.  Repeat  this  opera- 
tion with  every  stitch,  but  when  about  half-way 
through  the  loop,  the  thread  inside  must  be  run 
through  to  the  other  end,  the  work  being  continued 
from  that  end  until  finished. 

Another  method  of  making  box  loops,  thougn  it  is 
not  recommended,  is  as  follow^s :  Put  an  iron  loop- 
stick  inside  and  fasten  the  loop  down  by  driving 
small  tacks  into  the  groove,  this  groove  being  then 
closed  by  rubbing  the  edges  well.  A  third  method 
consists  in  running  the  threads  through  w^th  a 
bristle,  or  twisting  the  threads  together  and  thus 
running  them  through. 


62 


CHAPTER    V. 


CART     HARNESS. 


The  make  and  pattern  of  cart  gear  are  very  varied 
in  all  parts  of  the  kingdom,  and  there  is  often  a 
local  name  for  each  particular  style ;  but  the  only 
gear  which  can  claim  special  favour  is  one  that 
combines  proper  strength  with  minimum  weight. 


G.£ 


Fig. 


71. — Horse  in  Cart  G-ear. 


A  typical  shaft  gear  is  shown  by  Fig.  71,  in  which 
A  is  the  bit  ring,  B  the  noseband,  c  winkers,  D 
cheeks,  E  ear-pieces,  F  throat-lash,  g  head-strap, 
H  forehead  band,  i  reins,  K  collar  forewale,  k'  hame 
straps,  L  hame  or  jambles,  M  collar  body  and  side- 
piece,  N  collar  draught,  o  forecart  saddle  housing, 
p  back  housing,   R  cart  saddle  skirt,   s  girth  and 


Cart  Harness. 


63 


girth  straps,  T  crupper,  u  and  v  hip  and  loin  straps, 
w  and  X  fore  and  aft  breeching  tugs,  and  Y  breech- 


ing 


The  ornaments  used  are  brass  buckles  (Figs.  72  to 


Fio-.  72. 
Figs.  72  and  73. 


Fig-.  73. 
-Scotch  Brass  Gear  Buckles. 


75)  instead  of  tinned  or  japanned  buckles,  with  brass 
face-pieces  (Figs.  76  to  78)  on  the  bridle  to  hang  on 
the  horse's  forehead,  brass  bells  for  the  bridle  (Fig. 
79),  hame  plates  (Figs.  80  and  81)  at  the  top  of  the 
collar  between  the  two  points  of  the  hames  or 
jambles,  with  a  strap  across  from  one  hame  point 
to  the  other  to  hold  it  in  position,  brass  squares, 


FiiT.  74. 


Fig.  75. 


Figs.  74  and  75. — Scotch  Brass  Gear  Buckles. 

ovals  (Fig.  82),  octagons  (Figs.  83  to  85),  hearts 
(Fig.  86)  on  bridle  winker  or  saddle  housing  corners, 
and  brass  beading  instead  of  nails  over  the  top  of 
the  housing  where  attached  to   the  tree.     When 


64 


Harness  Making. 


making  gears  this  must  be  remembered.  Other 
details  of  cart  ornaments  are  shown  in  Figs.  87  to  92. 

Cart  and  leading  gear  made  according  to  the  fol- 
lowing directions  will  be  useful  anywhere,  and  w^hen 
this  method  has  been  learned  any  other  style  can  be 
made. 

The  winkers  c  (Fig.  71)  must  be  prepared  first ; 
blocked  winkers  with  fancy  pattern  raised  against 
the  eye  are  little  used  nowadays.  Fiain  winkers  are 
just  as  safe  for  the  eyes  if  well  made.  Special  winker 
leather  must  be  obtained  either  from  a  middling  in 


Fijr.  76. 


Fit 


I  I . 


Figs.  76  and  77. — Brass  Face-pieces. 

stock,    or,    cut   to    pattern,    from    any   currier   or 
leather-seller. 

Cut  the  pieces  straight  7  in.  by  7^  in.,  and  mark 
three  rows  all  round  the  long  side  and  across  one  of 
the  shorter  sides  with  the  race  compass  or  racer, 
making  the  groove  deep  ;  edge  them  above  and 
below  with  the  edge  tool  and  black  the  edges.  After 
soaking  them  well  in  water,  bend  them  along  the 
centre  of  the  longer  width  into  something  that  is 
nearly,  though  not  quite,  a  semicircle.  Nail  them 
down  in  any  convenient  way,  with  the  raised  part 
above,  on  a  flat  board  and  let  them  dry  in  this 


Cart  Harness. 


65 


shape  ;  drive  in  the  nails  near  the  edges  only  at  the 
side  that  will  be  covered  and  stitched  over  with  the 
cheek.    Th6y  can  be  put  to  dry  near  a  stove  or  fire. 


Fisr.  79. 


Fig.  78. 


Fig.  80. 


Fig.  81. 


Fig.  78. — Brass  Face-piece.     Fio*.  79. — Bells  and  Brush. 
Figs.  80  and  81. — Brass  Hame  Plates. 


Then  run  a  big  hot  beveller  round  the  edges  and 
along  the  lines  made  until  the  groove  looks  deep  and 
polished.   Having  two  |-in.  roller  tinned  buckles,  or 


66 


Harness  Making. 


brass  Scotch  buckles,  cut  two  chapes  to  the  same 
width.  Chapes  are  pieces  to  hold  on  the  buckles  ; 
the  name  is  also  applied  to  the  part  going  round 
buckles  on  any  length  of  strap.     The  chapes  are 


Fig.  82. 


Fig.  83. 


Fig.  84. 


Fig.  85. 


Fig.  82.— Brass  Oval.     Figs.  83  to  8.5.— Brass  Octagons. 

made  3^  in.  long  and  turned  down  2  in.  from  one 
end  ;  make  the  short  end  very  thin  and  the  other 
end  slightly  so,  then  point  the  piece.  Cut  a  buckle 
hole  at  the  bend,  edge,  crease,  and  prick  for  stitch- 
ing ;  then  put  the  chapes  in  the  buckles  and  make 
the  tops  of  these  last  flush  with  edge  and  front  of 
winkers,  working  as  follows  : — 

Tack  the  chape  down  in  its  place  in  the  front 
corner  where  the  creasing  on  the  edges  meets,  and 


Fig.  ^^. 


Fig-.  87. 


Fig.  88. 


Fig.  86. — Brass  Heart.     Figs,  87  and  88. — Brass  Stars. 

stitch.  With  tinned  buckles  put  on  a  loop  ;  Scotch 
buckles,  as  Figs.  72  to  75,  do  not  need  any  ;  place 
the  other  chape  and  buckle  on  the  corner  of  the 
other  winker  and  stitch  likewise,  taking  care  to  put 


Cart  Harness. 


67 


it  on  the  reverse  corner  to  the  other  to  make  the 
winkers  pair. 
Now  cut  the  cheeks  d,  or  the  pieces  that  run  down 


Figr.  89. 


Fiof.  90. 


Fig-.  91. 


Figs.  89  and  90.— Brass  Hame  Knobs.     Fig-.  91.— 

Brass  Swing. 

the  side  of  the  head,  making  them  2  ft.  2  in.  by 
1^  in.  ;  turn  them  down  so  as  to  make  both  ends 


Fig.  93. 


Fi"-.  94. 


Figr.  92. 

Fig.  92. — Brass  Swing'.     Fig-.  93. — Ear-piece. 

Corner-piece. 


Fig.  94. 


meet  underneath  in  the  centre,  and  give  the  bends 
in  each  end  a  slight  tap  with  the  hammer.     It  is 


68  Harness  Making. 

better  to  draw  in  the  imderpart  a  little  so  as  to  have 
the  top  somewhat  longer,  because  as  there  is  a  bend 
in  the  winker  outwards  the  lower  side  should  be  a 
little  shorter.  Cut  a  hole  for  the  buckle  in  one  end 
and  another  in  the  centre  of  the  bend,  which  is  also 
the  centre  of  the  strap,  at  the  other  end  ;  from  this 
hole  cut  straight  out  to  each  side  and  shave  the 
edges  of  the  cut.  Edge  the  cheek  on  the  outside 
only  and  race  it  along  the  top  part  with  the  race 
compass  ;  the  second  race  must  be  made  close  to  the 
ether,  care  being  taken  not  to  run  them  into  one 
another.  Make  another  line  a  little  more  than  \  in. 
from  the  last,  blacken  the  edges  and  lines  with 
black  dye,  and  rub  them  with  a  rag  ;  then  prick  the 
two  inner  rows  with  the  pricker,  eight  per  inch,  put 
the  buckle  in  its  place  and  the  bit  ring  a  in  the  other 
end,  and  stitch  both  ends  of  the  cheek  together. 
There  are  two  bit  rings  on  each  side,  fastened 
together  by  a  small  link  ;  one  ring,  that  placed  in 
the  cheek,  is  larger  than  the  other.  The  smaller 
ring  must  be  kept  for  the  bit  after  the  completion 
of  the  bridle.  Both  cheeks  are  made  in  the  same 
way,  but  the  slit  from  the  centre  hole  in  the  bend 
must  be  reversed,  otherwise  the  cheeks  will  not 
pair. 

The  winkers  c  and  cheeks  d  (Fig.  71)  being  ready, 
cut  the  nose-band  b  about  2  ft.  long  and  2  in.  wide  ; 
turn  in  both  ends  equally,  leaving  about  1  ft.  4  in 
for  the  noseband  ;  shave  the  ends  rather  thin,  and 
make  a  punch-hole  in  the  centre  of  the  bend,  then 
slit  it  out  straight  from  both  holes  on  the  same  side, 
and  shave  the  sides  of  the  slit. 

Edge  both  sides  of  the  nose-band  where  it  is  not 
double,  and  make  two  rows  along  it  with  the  race 
compass,  deepening  and  polishing  them  with  the 
hot  beveller,  after  which  prick  the  double  row  on 
both  sides  from  the  bend  to  the  lined  part. 

The  nose-band  is  now  ready  for  adjustment  at  the 
proper  time.      The  forehead  band  h  (Fig.  71),  or 


Cart  Harness.  69 

front,  must  be  cut  about  2  ft.  3  in.  long  and  1^  in. 
wide.  Edge,  crease,  black,  and  rub  it  and  pass  a 
hot  beveller  over  the  grooves.  Cut  the  ear-pieces  e 
(see  also  Fig.  93)  1^  in.  wide  and  9  in.  long,  and 
double  and  flatten  the  bend,  shaving  one  end  well. 
Take  a  piece  of  any  strap  l|  in.  wide,  and  put  it  in 
the  bend,  close  up  ;  mark  how  far  the  inner  side  runs 
in  the  ear-piece,  the  l^-in.  strap  being  allowed  to 
run  smooth  in  the  opening  between  the  line  and  the 
bend.  Mark  two  rows  of  pricking,  eight  per  inch, 
on  each  side  from  the  cross-mark  to  the  point  or 
end,  having  previously  made  a  double  row  of  creas- 
ing all  along.  Stitch  from  the  cross  line  to  the  point 
with  three-cord  thread  ;  stitch  the  cross  line  coarse, 
about  two  stitches  for  one  of  the  other  stitches.  Rub 
the  edges,  making  them  even  by  cutting  if  neces- 
sary, then  black  and  rub.  Place  the  forehead  band 
H  in  position,  and  stitch  it  end  to  end  with  the  ear- 
pieces, and  cut  a  small  V-nick  in  the  joint  of  each 
end  on  the  same  side. 

The  object  of  the  nick  is  to  provide  space  for  the 
small  projection  in  the  tongue  of  the  buckle  when 
put  into  position.  Some  harness-makers  cut  the  end 
of  the  ear-pieces,  before  joining  them  to  the  fore- 
head, in  a  slightly  slanting  way  in  such  a  manner 
that  the  end  with  the  opening  will  turn  up  a  little 
when  in  place,  but  this  is  not  essential.  Moreover,  if 
the  forehead  band  is  to  be  covered  with  any  kind  of 
fancy  cloth  or  leather,  this  covering  had  better  be 
done  before  the  ear-pieces  are  stitched,  because  the 
vvork  will  be  much  easier  than  when  the  bridle  is 
completed.  Cut  the  material,  red  American  cloth, 
leather,  etc.,  double  the  width  of  the  forehead,  and 
allow  \  in.  more  to  go  round  the  edges  ;  finally, 
herring-bone-stitch  underneath  along  the  centre, 
and  stitch  on  the  ear-pieces. 

Corner-pieces  (Fig.  94)  are  now  required  to  sup- 
port the  nose-band  and  to  join  it  and  the  cheek  well 
together  when  complete.     They  are  in  one  single 


70  Harness  Making. 

piece  near  the  bit  ring  corner,  descending  from 
cheek  to  nose-band.  To  make  the  cliin  strap,  cut  it 
1^  in.  wide,  one  piece  being  made  6  in.  long,  leaving 
2  in.  of  the  original  width,  and  then  narrowing  the 
rest  to  I  in.  with  a  rounded  point.  The  other  part 
is  made  12  in.  long,  and  2  in.  of  the  original  width  is 
preserved,  the  rest  being  narrowed  to  |  in.  ;  then 
turn  down  a  chape  and  make  a  hole  for  the  buckle 
in  the  narrow  end,  after  w^hich  edge,  crease,  and 
black  both,  then  adjust  buckle  and  loop. 

To  put  the  bridle  together  ready  for  stitching, 
work  as  follows :  With  a  ring  at  one  end  and  a 
buckle  at  the  other,  place  the  forehead  band  be- 
tween the  cheeks  in  such  a  way  that  the  centre 
where  the  forehead  band  and  ear-pieces  join  may  be 
right  under  the  centre  of  the  buckle  with  the  nick 
against  the  tongue.  Drive  a  tack  on  the  inner  side, 
and  put  the  nose-band  in  the  same  ring  as  the  cheek 
at  the  other  end,  with  the  slits  made  in  the  bends 
upwards  ;  fix  the  corner-pieces  one  part  in  the  cheek 
and  the  other  in  the  nose-band,  sufficiently  low  to 
catch  when  stitching  the  nose-band.  The  corner- 
pieces  must,  of  course,  be  placed  between  the  two 
leathers,  both  in  the  cheeks  and  nose-band :  the 
inner  side  of  the  corner-piece  must  follow  the  ring  in 
the  cheek  like  a  half-circle. 

The  outer  part  is  supposed  to  have  been  pre- 
viously edged  and  creased.  The  point  of  the  slits  in 
the  nose-band  comes  underneath  the  slits  in  the 
cheeks  on  both  sides  in  such  a  way  that  the  edges  in 
the  cheeks  may  cover  and  neatly  overlap  the  edges 
of  the  slit  in  the  nose-band  and  catch  them  during 
work  of  stitching  the  cheek.  Both  winkers  are  now 
adjusted  with  buckles  in  the  front  corners,  turned 
upwards  to  meet  each  other  ;  place  the  winkers  close 
to  the  ear-pieces  and  forehead,  making  the  outside 
flush  with  the  outer  edge  of  the  cheek.  Tack  down 
the  winkers,  keeping  the  bend  in  shape  as  set  after 
drying ;  thus  there  is  an  opening  between  the  two 


Cart  Harness.  71 

sides  of  the  cheek  from  the  end  of  the  corner-piece 
to  the  bottom  of  the  winker. 

Cut  a  piece  of  leather  as  near  as  possible  of  the 
same  thickness  as  the  winkers  and  of  the  same 
width  as  the  cheeks.  Place  it  between  the  two  sides 
of  the  cheek  to  fill  the  hollow,  and  so  have  a  firm 
cheek  all  along ;  tack  the  piece  down  and  see  that 
it  fits  tight ;  there  must  be  no  looseness  where  it 
joins  the  winker  and  corner-piece. 

The  chin  strap  is  now  adjusted,  the  wide  end  of 
the  short  piece  being  placed  inside  the  cheek  under 
the  centre  filling  for  a  distance  of  about  |  in.  and 
about  \\  in.  from  the  bottom  ring.  This  is  the  right- 
hand  side,  taking  a  front  view  of  the  bridle.  The 
other  piece,  with  buckle,  goes  on  the  other  side, 
and  both  are  tacked  down.  When  two  small  loops 
are  to  be  placed  on  each  side  near  the  buckle  at  the 
top  of  the  cheek  they  should  be  tacked  down  so  that 
they  may  be  stitched  in  with  the  cheek  ;  but  for  a 
long  loop,  adjust  beforehand  on  the  cheek,  by  stitch- 
ing the  ends  loosely  together.  Nail  the  first  side  of 
the  long  loop  and  clinch  the  nails  underneath  over 
a  loop-stick,  leaving  this  inside  while  nailing  the 
other  side  in  the  same  manner,  partly  running  over 
the  ear-piece  e  (Fig.  71)  and  forehead  band  h  and 
partly  over  the  winker. 

Stitching  may  be  begun  on  the  near  side  at  the 
ring,  and  continued  up  to  the  loop  on  the  outside  ; 
then  begin  at  the  loop  on  the  outside  of  the  other 
cheek  and  stitch  down  to  the  ring.  The  outer  row 
on  the  inner  side  of  the  first  cheek  and  of  the  second 
check  is  now^  stitched.  When  stitching  opposite  the 
winkers  on  the  inner  line  two  stitches  may  be  made 
instead  of  one  by  slipping  a  stitch  between  each  ; 
fine  stitching  is  apt  to  cut  the  winkers,  and  they 
often  fall  off  before  being  worn  out ;  consequently 
slipping  a  stitch  is  a  good  method.  A  row  must  now 
be  stitched  on  each  side  of  the  nose-piece  in  each 
end,  then  the  inner  rows   of  the  cheek,  and  finally 


7 2  IIarness  AlAKim. 

the  inner  rows  of  the  nose-band.  Level  the  edges  of 
the  cheeks  and  nose-band,  scrape  them,  and  black 
the  edges  ;  then  rub  them  with  tallow  and  bone. 

Having  creased  and  finished  the  loops,  make  two 
basil  pads  as  long  as  the  distance  from  the  buckle 
to  the  bottom  of  the  winkers.  For  a  cheek  of  \\  in., 
cut  the  pads  1  in.  wider  than  twice  the  width ;  fold 
them  lengthwise  30  that  the  edges  will  meet  in  the 
centre,  and  stitch  the  ends  together  with  the  basil 
inside  out.  Now^,  after  turning  them  inside  out, 
stitch  the  edges  together  like  the  ends  with  pointed 
needle,  thimble,  and  white  linen  thread.  Run  the 
stitches  from  both  ends  and  leave  an  opening  about 
1  in.  long  in  the  middle,  through  which  ram  in  the 
flock  stuffing,  but  not  too  hard.  Having  stitched  the 
opening,  place  this  side  against  the  cheek  of  the 
bridle  under  the  winker,  and  as  far  as  the  buckle  ; 
choose  three  nails  having  large  heads,  run  small 
tufts  of  flock  to  the  heads  of  the  nails,  and  fasten 
the  pads  down  firmly  to  the  cheek  by  driving  a  nail 
in  each  end  and  one  in  the  centre,  taking  care  that 
the  points  do  not  appear  on  the  other  side ;  trim 
the  flock  on  the  nails  with  the  scissors. 

The  winker  straps  are  made  as  follows :  Cut  a 
strap  24  in.  long  and  1^  in.  wide,  then  slit  it  exactly 
in  the  centre  for  13  in.,  making  a  punch  hole  at  the 
end  of  the  slit ;  shape  the  points  of  each  slit  to  go 
through  the  buckles  on  each  winker,  and  make  a 
cross  line  1^  in.  from  the  end  of  the  slit,  marking  it 
deeply.  At  a  distance  of  1^  in.  from  this  line  make 
a  second  line,  and  a  third  1|  in.,  making  them  all 
deep  ;  turn  down  the  strap  so  that  the  centre  of  the 
bend  will  be  exactly  at  the  last  mark.  Knock  the 
bend  flat  if  the  point  runs  beyond  the  end  of  the  slit 
after  turning  down  ;  cut  some  off  and  shave  it  down  ; 
edge  it  on  both  sides  except  where  the  parts  over- 
lap. Crease  all  along  the  edges,  and  make  one  or 
two  rows  with  the  screw-race  ;  then  black,  rub,  and 
finish  the  creases.    Leave  an  opening  from  the  bend 


Cart  Harness.  73 

to  the  next  cross  line,  then  put  a  piece  of  leather  to 
fill  the  space  between  the  cross  line  and  the  next  to 
it  and  wide  enough  to  be  stitched  through  in  work- 
ing across ;  then  leave  the  space  between  the  next 
two  lines  open,  and  stitch  down  the  point  of  the 
bend  from  the  end  to  the  cross  line.  Stitch  along 
the  pricked  part  and  along  the  cross  lines,  the 
stitches  on  the  latter  being  twice  as  coarse  as  the 
straight  lines. 

There  should  now  be  two  openings,  one  at  the  end 
and  the  other  beyond  the  next  stitched  part ;  that 
at  the  end  is  for  the  throat  lash  f  (Fig.  71),  and  the 
other  for  the  head  strap  G.  Having  rubbed  the 
edges  and  finished,  cut  the  head  strap  1  ft.  10  in. 
long  and  1^  in.  wide  ;  narrow  the  ends  for  the  pas- 
sage of  the  buckle,  crease,  black,  and  finish.  Now 
cut  the  throat  lash  3  ft.  8  in.  long  and  l\  in.  wide  ; 
turn  in  2  in.  for  the  buckle  at  the  best  end  and 
narrow  the  point  to  enter  the  buckle  at  the  other 
end ;  crease,  black,  finish,  stitch  on  the  buckle  and 
loop,  and  then  finish  the  loop. 

A  rein  is  now  cut  5  ft.  long  and  1^  in.  wide  for  the 
off  side,  and  another  2  ft.  4  in.  long  for  the  near  side. 
Turn  down  the  chape  for  the  buckle  in  the  weakest 
end  of  the  short  rein,  and  3  in.  at  the  best  end  of 
each  to  fasten  to  the  ring  at  the  bit ;  then  edge 
crease,  finish,  and  stitch  in  the  buckle  and  loop,  also 
making  a  running  loop  on  the  short  rein.  Now  mark 
four  rows  of  stitching  on  the  double  part  about  to 
be  stitched  to  the  rings  ;  stitch  the  shortest  part  of 
the  rein  with  the  buckle  to  the  ring  hanging  by  a 
link  from  the  cheek  ring  on  the  right  hand  w^hen 
looking  at  the  front  of  the  bridle,  then  stitch  the 
long  rein  to  the  ring  on  the  other  side.  Make  three 
punch  holes  on  each  side  of  the  head  strap,  equi- 
distant from  the  point  and  from  each  other,  and 
then  six  holes  in  the  throat  lash,  three  in  the  slits 
of  each  winker  strap,  and  nine  in  the  long  rein. 

The  bridle  being  ready  for  adjusting,  place  the 


74  Harness  Making. 

head  strap  up  to  its  centre  in  the  opening  next  to 
the  slit  in  the  winker  strap  ;  then  fasten  each  end 
of  the  head  strap  to  the  cheek  buckles  through  the 
second  holes.  Now  place  the  throat  lash  in  the 
opening  in  the  ear-piece  on  the  off  side,  running  it 
through  the  outer  opening  in  the  winker  strap, 
down  the  opening  in  the  other  ear-piece,  and  then 
through  the  buckle  at  the  other  end. 

Buckle  the  winker  strap  slits  to  the  winker 
buckles,  pass  them  through  the  loop,  and  buckle  the 
rein  in  the  sixth  hole  ;  this  completes  the  bridle.  It 
it  is  to  be  polished,  coated  with  jet,  or  ornamented, 
this  must  be  done  before  putting  the  parts  together. 

Cut  out  all  parts  according  to  the  dimensions 
given  before  beginning  to  stitch  ;  this  is  more  work- 
manlike than  cutting  the  parts  as  the  work  pro- 
ceeds. 


75 


CHAPTER    VI. 


CART     COLLARS. 

In  making  a  cart  collar  (see  Fig.  95)  the  first  part 
to  take  in  hand  is  the  forewale  a  ;  the  material  for 
this  must  always  be  cut  8  in.  longer  than  double  the 
length  of  the  collar  when  finished,  to  allow^  for 
shrinkage.  Supposing  the  collar  is  to  be  20  in.,  the 
leather  must  be  cut  48  in.  long.  The  leather  can  be 
cut  from  the  bellies  of  gear  hides,  which  come  in 
handy  when  proper  hide  is  not  available.  Cut  it 
7-2-  in.  wide  and  make  the  length  to  meet  require- 
ments, and  then  damp  it  thoroughly.     Stretch  it  on 


'  Fig-.  05. — Cart  Collar  without  Side-piece. 

a  flat  board  by  holding  one  edge  with  the  hand  and 
pulling  the  other  edge  with  the  pincers.  Fold  it 
over  2|  in.  all  along  ;  adjust  the  compass  by  rule 
to  2j  in.,  and  mark  from  the  turned  side,  so  that 
there  will  be  I  in.  of  leather  outside  the  mark  on 
which  to  stitch  the  lining.  On  the  opposite  side 
there  will  be  about  2  in.  to  draw  in  the  body  b  and 
stitch  the  side-pieces.  Tack  along  the  mark  here 
and  there  to  keep  it  in  its  place. 

Make  a  ten-strand  thread,  waxing  it  before  and 
after  twisting.    This  thread  must  be  long  enough  to 


7 6  Harness  Making. 

stitch  all  the  length,  and  at  least  twice  as  long  as 
ordinary  thread.  Use  strong  needles,  making  about 
three  stitches  to  the  inch  ;  always  leave  the  stitches 
slack,  merely  drawing  them  home,  especially  for 
about  a  foot  on  each  side  of  the  centre.  Thus  the 
forewale  will  bend  easier  in  working  round,  and  the 
stitches  will  tighten  enough  in  stujfing.  If  the 
leather  has  an  uneven  grain,  close  here  and  open 
there,  a  piece  of  calico  slack  may  be  put  inside  the 
forewale  A ;  take  care  that  both  sides  of  it  are 
caught  in  stitching.  This  will  help  to  keep  it 
straight  even  when  being  stuffed. 

The  forewale  is  now  ready  for  stuffing.  Having  a 
bundle  of  r^'e  straw  at  hand,  pull  a  few  handfuls 
across  the  knee  until  the  straw  is  straight ;  cut  the 
ears  off,  and  then  cut  the  handful  of  straw  in  half, 
and  again  divide  it  with  the  collar  knife  until  about 
9  in.  long.  Place  it  neatly  in  a  heap  near  the  work- 
ing-seat on  the  right-hand  side,  with  the  collar  rod 
and  mallet  lying  close  by ;  there  must  also  be  a 
thick,  solid  block  of  wood  placed  on  the  firm  ground 
in  front  of  the  worker's  seat. 

The  collar- maker  must  now  sit  down  and  mark  the 
centre  of  the  leather  with  a  nick  or  stitch.  The  fore- 
wale is  now  placed  on  the  block,  and  the  left  foot 
laid  on  it,  about  2^  in.  from  the  centre,  the  folded 
part  of  the  forewale  being  furthest.  Put  the  other 
end  on  the  right  knee,  and,  holding  the  collar  rod 
in  the  left  hand  point  upwards  with  the  head  against 
the  knee,  take  about  half  a  dozen  cut  straws,  and 
give  them  a  half  twist  with  both  hands.  Place  the 
centre  of  the  wisp  in  the  nick  of  the  collar  rod  and 
hold  it  firm  with  the  right  hand,  the  forewale  being 
handled  with  the  left.  Put  the  straw  in  the  fore- 
wale and  press  it  down  to  where  the  foot  is  on  the 
block,  2^  in.  from  the  centre  ;  beat  the  wisp  well  on 
the  block  with  the  mallet,  leather  as  well,  and  then 
put  another  wisp  in  from  the  other  end,  taking  care, 
when  putting  in  the  wisps,  that  they  do  not  catch 


Cart  Collars.  77 

those  already  inside  and  drive  them  back  ;  to  avoid 
this,  beat  well  after  each  wisp  has  been  put  in,  and 
when  the  iron  reaches  them  raise  the  point  a  little. 
Continue  to  work  in  this  way,  putting  in  wisps  alter- 
nately at  each  end  until  the  forewale  is  as  hard  as 
it  can  be  made.  When  the  straw  seems  firm  enough 
not  to  move,  the  wisps  can  be  knocked  in  instead  of 
being  pushed  by  hand.  See  that  they  go  into  the 
centre  of  the  straw.  Push  the  straw  and  rod  down 
the  centre  as  far  as  possible  ;  turn  the  forewale  and 
the  rod  with  the  point  upwards,  knocking  the  wisp 
in  firmly  against  the  collar  block  in  front. 

Repeat  the  process  from  the  other  side,  and  so 
on  until  all  is  as  hard  as  a  piece  of  wood.  To  shape 
and  round  the  collar  it  must  be  continually  turned 
round  the  knee,  turning  one  side  to  the  right  and  the 
other  to  the  left  hand.  This  operation  is  repeated 
after  every  one  or  two  wisps  are  put  inside  ;  take 
care  that  the  forew^ale  does  not  get  straight.  When 
turned  enough,  three  or  four  wisps  may  be  put  into 
each  side  before  changing  ;  but  both  sides  must  be 
shaped  alike. 

When  approaching  the  top,  shape  it  inwards  a 
little  in  the  same  w^ay  as  it  was  turned ;  fill  with 
straw  until  the  top  is  quite  firm,  and  then  place  it 
flat  on  the  block,  beating  it  well  into  shape  with  the 
round  mallet,  and  holding  it  down  with  both  knees 
at  one  end  while  shaping  the  other.  Now  damp  it, 
and  turn  it  backwards  a  little  at  the  top  on  both 
sides  ;  stitch  both  points  firmly  together  with  waxed 
twine  and  collar  needle  and  hand  iron,  cutting  a 
little  off  when  necessary  to  bring  it  to  the  right 
length. 

To  make  a  pipe  collar,  follow  all  the  above  direc- 
tions and  proceed  as  below.  Obtain  a  piece  of  iron 
9  in.  long,  \  in.  in  diameter,  and  having  a  sharp 
point ;  in  the  middle  it  must  be  shaped  half-round, 
with  the  points  turning  a  little  outwards  and  up- 
wards.   Put  straw  around  it,  tying  it  as  tightly  as 


JZ  Harness  Making. 

possible  to  within  2  in.  from  each  point,  and  let  the 
straw  at  each  end  be  of  different  lengths,  a  few 
inches  longer  than  the  points  of  the  iron,  so  that  it 
will  splice  well  when  stufEng  is  commenced.  Add 
straw,  and  tie  again  until  the  straw  around  the  iron 
is  the  right  size,  then  place  it  in  the  centre  of  the 
forewale,  and  stitch  as  tightly  as  possible,  pulling 
the  stitches  well ;  make  sure  that  it  fills  the  forewale 
well,  but  having  passed  this  part,  leave  the  stitches 
slack.  Now  stitch  from  end  to  end,  and  stuff  from 
each  end  as  in  the  other  case,  remembering  to  splice 
them  well  where  the  iron  ends  ;  the  sharp  point  will 
not  be  much  of  a  hindrance.  Finish  as  with  the 
other  collar. 

In  making  the  body  of  the  collar,  cut  the  lining 
to  Fig.  96,  and  in  any  required  size ;  14  in.  is  about 
the  average  at  the  draught  when  the  strain  of  pull- 
ing is  on  the  collar.  Cut  a  leather  throat-piece 
about  2  in.  wide  at  the  base,  and  widening  out  to 
3^  in.  in  a  sweep  to  the  top.  Stitch  the  narrowest 
end  of  the  lining,  which  is  about  4^  in.  deep,  to  the 
sweep  of  the  throat-piece,  turning  in  a  little  of  the 
linen  or  woollen  check  to  make  the  part  under  the 
stitches  strong. 

The  narrowest  part  of  the  centre  of  the  throat- 
piece  must  now  be  tacked  to  the  exact  centre  of  the 
collar  by  the  stitches,  putting  the  edge  even  with 
the  rim  of  leather  running  inside  from  the  stitches. 

Add  another  tack  without  pulling  at  the  lining, 
but  leaving  it  rather  slack  from  the  centre,  just  at 
the  part  where  the  forewale  begins  to  run  straight 
upwards.  Another  tack  is  now  placed  within  5  in. 
from  the  top  on  both  sides,  and  the  lining  pulled 
tightly  to  there  from  the  bottom,  the  edges  being 
turned  in  all  round. 

Basil  is  employed  for  part  of  the  lining  in  some 
localities  ;  about  6  in.  is  measured  from  the  top  of 
the  collar.  A  pattern  of  the  lining  must  be  cut  out 
of  brown  paper,  and  then  the  basil  can  easily  be 


Cart  Collars.  79 

made  to  fit  the  shape  of  the  linen  lining ;  the  basil 
must  be  whipped  in  with  white  linen  thread  and 
the  linen  turned  in  a  little  under  the  stitch,  being 
rubbed  flat  afterwards.  The  lining  being  ready, 
make  a  four-cord  thread  of  black-wax,  cut  it  in  two, 
and  thread  a  harness  needle  with  half.  Having  a 
suitable  awl,  whip  the  lining  in  all  round  through 
the  leather  rim  above  the  stitches  inside  the  fore- 
wale  ;  the  stitches  of  course  must  be  inside,  and 
should  be  well  rubbed.  Everything  is  now  ready 
for  making  the  body.  Wax  some  strong  twine  or 
make  a  long  beeswax  thread,  with  four  or  five 
strands,  3^  yds.  long,  and  have  another  about  1\  yd. 
long  with  six  or  seven  strands. 

Now  a  strong  old  strap,  1  ft.  long,  with  a  buckle 
is  wanted  ;  this  is  called  the  throat  strap.  The  hand- 
iron,     a    medium-sized    collar    needle,     seat-awl. 


Fig-.  96. — Cart  Collar  Lining. 

scissors,  and  collar  knife  being  placed  near  at  hand, 
get  a  bundle  of  rye  or  wheat  straw,  preferably  rye, 
and  place  it  straight  together  by  the  side  of  the 
stool,  with  a  sheet  of  drummed  flock  or  basket  of 
carded  flock  all  within  reach.  As  during  work  the 
legs  are  placed  inside  the  collar,  making  it  awk- 
ward for  the  operator  to  move,  it  is  well  to  have 
handy  a  flat-headed  mallet  besides  the  collar  mallet. 
Thread  the  collar  needle  with  the  shortest  thread 
and  hang  it  close  by,  and  having  pulled  a  big  hand- 
ful of  straw  from  the  bundle,  sit  down  and  put  the 
right  leg  through  the  collar  lining,  the  throat  being 
placed  upwards. 
Place  the  middle  of  the  handful  of  straw  exactly 


So  Harness  Making. 

in  the  centre  of  the  throat-piece,  between  it  and  the 
f  orewale ;  then  take  the  needle  and  thread  it,  the 
handiron  being  in  the  right  hand.  Make  a  stitch 
from  the  centre  of  the  throat  over  the  straw  to  the 
big  margin  of  leather  on  the  other  side ;  make  an- 
other stitch  at  the  same  place  to  keep  the  throat  in 
the  centre,  and  more  stitches,  about  1^  in.  apart,  for 
about  6  in.  up  one  side  from  the  middle  towards  the 
left.  Fasten  the  thread  and  cut  it,  turn  the  collar 
with  the  other  side  facing  you,  and  stitch  it  again 
on  this  side  exactly  like  the  first,  taking  great  care 
to  make  both  sides  similar  in  shape  and  size. 

Take  the  stuffing-stick  and  fix  a  wisp  of  straw  on 
the  point,  beating  it  along  to  the  centre  of  the  straw 
and  a  little  beyond  the  centre  of  the  throat.  Place  a 
similar  one  on  the  opposite  side,  and  so  continue 
until  the  bottom  part  is  firm  and  hard.  Now  lay  it  on 
the  block,  with  the  lining  on  the  top,  and  pull  the 
lining  outwards  as  much  as  possible.     Hold  it  by 
the  knees,  one  on  each  side,  and  beat  the  throat  out- 
wards as  far  as  possible  with  the  round  collar  mallet. 
Put  the  throat  strap  round  it  and  the  forewale,  pull- 
ing it  as  tightly  as  possible  to  keep  it  in  position 
while  making  the  other  part.     Now  take  a  wisp  of 
straw,  large  enough  to  fill  the  body  of  the  collar 
pretty  well,  cut  it  square  at  one  end,  so  as  to  get 
almost  the  full  bulk  at  the  section,  and  see  that  it  is 
long  enough  to  go  the  full  length  of  the  collar  body. 
Wrap  a  piece  of  hemp  five  or  six  times  round  the 
part  just  cut,  making  it  firm  for  about  6  in.  along, 
and    somewhat    pointed.      Run    the    long    thread 
through  the  needle,  and  put  both  knees  through  the 
collar  with  the  lining  towards  you.    Open  the  lining 
flat  as  it  lies  on  the  knee  and  raise  the  straw  issuing 
from  the  throat  so  as  not  to  be  in  the  way  ;  then 
cut  a  piece  of  drummed  flock  to  the  same  size  as  the 
lining,  to  come  within  an  inch  or  so  of  the  edge. 
Take  care  to  place  it  level  in  all  parts,  reaching  well 
down  towards  the  throat  and  forewale.  Cut  another 


Car 7  CoLLARSi  St 

handful  of  straw  and  put  it  over  the  flock  opposite 
the  draught  and  as  near  as  possible  to  the  forewale. 

Open  the  straw  running  from  the  throat  in  the 
centre,  and  put  the  long  tied  wisp  inside,  ramming 
it  as  near  as  possible  to  the  throat ;  pull  the  lining 
over  the  straw  from  the  top  to  the  bottom,  and  then 
pass  the  seat-awl  through  the  lining  and  leather  to 
fasten  the  top.  Turn  the  collar  the  other  way 
about,  put  both  legs  in  again,  and  begin  to  draw  in 
the  lining  where  the  bottom  stitching  left  off. 

Now  lace  it  from  bottom  to  top,  running  the 
needle  from  lining  to  leather  and  leather  to  lining 
till  finished.  Draw  the  stitches  as  tightly  as  pos- 
sible, pulling  each  to  tighten  the  other,  as  in  lacing 
a  boot.  So  far,  the  collar  is  neither  hard  enough 
nor  shapely  enough ;  the  straw  must  therefore  be 
beaten  down  between  the  lacing.  To  do  this,  the 
mallet  must  be  grasped  round  the  handle  close  to 
the  head,  and  the  straw  struck  as  hard  as  possible 
with  the  handle. 

Having  improved  the  shape  of  the  collar,  begin  to 
tighten  the  lacing  again  from  end  to  end,  keeping 
the  desired  shape  constantly  in  mind.  If  the  collar 
is  not  firm  enough,  begin  work  at  the  bottom,  ram- 
ming down  some  wisps  towards  the  throat  from  be- 
tween the  stitches,  and  continue  this  until  the 
draught  is  reached,  shaping  as  well  as  stuffing. 
It  may  be  hardened,  from  the  draught  up  to  the  top, 
by  driving  some  wisps  from  the  extreme  top,  and 
shaped  by  tightening  or  slackening  the  lacing,  as 
the  work  demands 

Great  attention  must  be  given  to  shaping,  for  a 
well-shaped  body  is  very  important  from  the  point 
of  view  of  both  utility  and  appearance  ;  it  should 
be  graceful  and  rounded  at  the  bottom  and  some- 
what flat  at  the  draught,  gradually  growing  narrow 
tow^ards  the  top.  At  the  extreme  tip,  however,  the 
collar  should  be  rather  full,  with  extra  flock  to  ease 
the  neck.    Work  in  the  same  manner  with  the  other 


82  Harness  Making. 

side,  using  as  nearly  as  possible  the  same  amount  of 
flock  and  straw  ;  take  care  to  obtain  the  same  shape 
and  size. 

If  any  lumps  can  be  felt  in  the  flock,  loosen  and 
level  it  with  the  seat-awl  by  stufiing  it  off  or  on  as 
required ;  beat  it  slightly  all  round  to  give  it  a 
smooth  appearance.  Cut  the  straw  at  the  top,  turn- 
ing the  lining  down  out  of  the  way  ;  beginning  close 
to  the  fore  wale,  cut  it  slanting  upwards  a  little 
towards  the  back.  Make  two  or  three  long  stitches 
in  each  side  through  the  lining  on  both  sides  and 
the  straw  to  pull  the  linings  together.  Then  stitch 
together  the  two  sides,  drawing  the  lining  over  the 
outer  side  ;  run  the  stitches  through  from  side  to 
side  and  cut  the  spare  lining  at  the  top  ;  this  com- 
pletes the  work.  Trim  the  points  of  the  forewale 
previously  stitched,  and  cut  them  into  a  neat  point, 
which  should  be  neither  long  nor  sharp. 

Having  cut  a  piece  of  soft  leather,  form  it  into  a 
cap  reaching  low  enough  to  cover  the  stitches  that 
join  the  point  on  each  side  ;  stitch  the  front  with  a 
welt  between  the  edges  long  enough  to  reach  the 
back  under  the  forewale,  so  that  a  stitch  can  be 
put  through  it  there  when  stitching  the  cap.  This 
last  must  be  long  enough  to  come  over  the  point  of 
the  body  behind  ;  damp  the  cap  and  put  it  in  its 
place.  Take  a  lace  and  the  collar  needle,  draw  it 
down  tightly  into  the  hollow  between  the  body  and 
the  forewale,  then  stitch  through  it,  burying  the 
welt  underneath  to  fasten  the  cap  in  front  by  a 
stitch. 

The  other  part  must  be  stitched  with  a  lace  all 
round  over  the  top  of  the  body  ;  make  the  point  of 
the  forewale  very  prominent  to  hold  the  hame  strap. 
Two  \\-vci.  straps,  18  in.  long,  must  now  be  cut ; 
race  the  edges  and  blacken  them,  point  them  for  the 
buckle,  and  punch  four  holes  in  each,  and  another 
hole  in  each  corner  at  the  opposite  end  and  one  in 
the  centre  2^  in.  from  the  end.     The  four  holes  in 


Cart  Collars.  83 

the  forepart  are  to  fasten  the  buckles  to  the  crupper 
or  cart-saddle  and  the  others  to  stitch  to  the  collar. 
Place  one  on  each  side  of  the  collar  down  to  the 
forewale  5  in.  from  the  top.  Fasten  them  with  lace 
by  stitching  through  the  hollow  between  the  fore- 
wale and  collar  body,  putting  two  stitches  through 
and  through  to  the  other  side  ;  then  send  the  collar 
needle  in  the  direction  of  the  other  hole  in  the 
centre  of  the  strap,  and  make  one  stitch  from  each 
side  of  the  strap  through  this  hole  ;  fasten  the  lace 
well  and  cut  it. 

Pieces  of  leather  of  the  shape  shown  by  Fig.  97 
are  now  required  to  cover  the  side  of  the  body.  The 
pattern  can  be  cut  out  of  brown  paper  according  to 
the  made  body  and  kept  for  other  work.     Cut  the 


Piy.  '.17.— Cart  Collar  Side-piece. 

paper  close  to  the  rim  all  round  to  cover  the  body 
full  in  all  parts  outside,  but  a  little  wider  and 
pointed  at  the  top  to  keep  rain-water  off  and  give 
a  good  appearance.  Cut  one  side  only  at  a  time, 
and,  as  the  two  sides  join  in  the  centre  at  the  top 
and  bottom,  cut  the  top  slanting  downwards 
towards  the  forewale  to  the  same  shape  as  the  body, 
and  line  the  top  for  about  1  ft.  downwards  on  each 
side  with  firm  leather ;  shave  it  on  the  inner  side 
and  bottom. 

The  pieces  need  not  be  so  wide  as  the  side-piece  ; 
half  its  width  or  a  little  more  will  do.  Make  three 
rows  of  stitching,  and  join  them  together  at  the 
lower  part  along  the  lined  part ;  the  distance  be- 
tween the  rows  should  be  about  1  in.,  with  nine 


84  Bar.vess  Making. 

stitches  per  inch.  Rub  the  side-pieces  and  blacken 
them ;  crease  two  rows  with  a  screw-crease  all 
round  the  outer  side  not  stitched.  When  cutting, 
take  care  to  have  the  best  part  under  draught. 
Join  the  two  sides  together  at  the  top  with  stitch 
after  stitch  from  one  to  the  other,  thus  drawing 
them  close  end  to  end. 

Crease  and  prick  a  li-in.  piece  of  leather,  cutting 
it  to  the  same  length  as  the  joint,  and  thinning  it 
towards  the  collar  end  ;  the  other  outer  end  must 
be  shaped  to  the  point  of  the  joint.  Now  tack  the 
piece  and  stitch,  keeping  it  quite  over  the  centre  of 
the  joint,  and  making  the  stitches  exactly  at  the 
same  distance  on  both  sides  ;  it  is  w^ell  to  put  a  bit 
of  thin  lining  underneath  the  stitches.  Damp  the 
side-pieces  well  in  water,  and  have  a  long  lace  ready 
to  run  the  side-piece  in  ;  damp  and  grease  it,  and 
have  it  long  enough  to  go  all  round  the  collar  if 
possible,  with  sufficient  to  spare  for  fastening. 

Take  out  the  side-pieces,  beat  the  water  from  the 
leather,  and  fasten  the  pieces  to  the  centre  on  top 
with  a  big  strong  awl  or  seat-awl.  Pull  them  to- 
gether as  tightly  as  possible  from  top  to  bottom  ; 
let  them  overlap  about  3  in.  at  the  bottom,  shave 
the  leather  down  a  little  here,  and  fix  the  pieces  in 
place  with  the  awl.  Then  see  that  they  are  in  the 
right  position,  not  too  near  nor  too  far  from  tlie 
forewale  ;  put  an  awl  on  each  side  near  the  draught 
to  keep  them  in  position  there. 

Begin  lacing  them  in  at  the  throat-piece,  making 
the  stitches  2  in.  or  2^-  in.  apart,  at  about  the  same 
distance  from  the  edge  all  round  ;  be  sure  to  catch 
the  lining  underneath  with  each  stitch.  Then  take 
another  long  lace  and  pull  it  in  at  the  throat ;  draw 
it  close  to  the  forewale  all  round  till  the  point  of 
commencement  is  reached,  running  a  stitch  over  the 
edge  of  the  side-piece,  and  catching  the  leather 
everywhere  by  the  forewale  ;  the  stitches  should  be 
about  \\  in.  apart. 


Cart  Collars.  85 

Some  harness  makers  run  a  piece  of  leather  about 
13  in.  under  the  draught,  fasten  it  with  a  few 
stitches  to  the  collar  body  in  the  lower  part,  and 
spot  with  lace  to  the  side-piece  all  round  the  top 
part ;  coarse  flock,  or  anything  which  will  keep  the 
chains  from  the  horse's  shoulder  when  pulling, 
being  employed  for  stuffing  ;  but  this  will  not  be 
necessary  if  the  body  of  the  collar  is  well  made. 
Others  make  the  side-piece  without  lining,  using 
instead  a  round  piece  of  leather  with  canes  round 
the  rim,  covering  them  with  leather  stitched  on 
both  sides  to  protect  the  shoulders  and  collar  from 
wet.     They  are  stitched  with  lace  to  the  collar. 

Experience,  however,  has  demonstrated  that 
neither  the  horse  nor  the  collar  is  any  the  worse 
without  such  a  device.  In  other  localities  the  hous- 
ing and  side-piece  are  cut  in  one  piece — a  poor 
imitation  of  a  Scotch  collar— and  stiffened  all  round 
with  cane  ;  this  involves  a  great  waste  of  leather, 
and  is  unnecessary. 


86 


CHAPTER    VII. 

CART    SADDLES,    REINS,    ETC. 

The  saddle  is  another  important  part  of  cart  har- 
ness. To  make  a  saddle  for  a  horse  about  15^  hands 
high  will  need  a  tree  (Fig.  98)  measuring  14  in. 
across  the  board  right  through  the  centre.  It  may 
have  an  iron  plate  for  the  back  chain  covering 
entirely  the  top  of  the  tree,  or  only  partially  cover- 
ing it,  but  with  plates  at  the  point  and  one  in  the 
centre  of  the  groove.  The  plate  can  be  removed 
from  the  first  kind  of  tree  when  making  the  saddle, 
but  the  partial  plates  are  permanently  riveted  with 
an  iron  pin.  If  the  board  across  the  tree  is  very 
long  it  may  be  sawn  off  at  each  end,  but  never  at 
one  end  only.  Saw  off  the  same  length  at  each 
end  ;  a  1-ft.  board  is  always  long  enough. 

The  tree  can  be  obtained  also  in  the  pattern  re- 
quired for  nailing  housings  (leather  covers)  on  the 
bridge  of  the  tree  at  the  top,  or  with  a  projection 
running  along  both  sides  lower  down  for  nailing.  If 
the  housings  are  nailed  at  the  side,  the  width  need 
not  be  so  great  as  when  nailed  on  the  top  ;  the  part 
of  the  tree  above  must  be  covered  with  thin 
leather,  nailed  under  the  housing  at  the  lower  edge, 
damped  and  rubbed  down  close  to  the  tree  and 
nailed  at  the  very  top. 

The  panel  (Fig.  99)  can  be  made  when  the  tree  is 
ready.  From  the  middle  of  each  side  cut  the  panel- 
back  about  ^  in.  longer  than  the  boards  and  2  in. 
wider  than  the  central  width  of  the  board.  Leave 
the  space  between  the  middle  lines  of  stitches  about 
2  in.  wider  in  front  than  at  the  back  to  prevent  the 
shoulder-bone  of  the  horse  being  caught  when  carry- 
ing a  weight.  Cut  both  sides  alike,  reversing  the 
pattern  to  pair  them.     Then  whip  them  together 


Cart  S addles ^  Reixs^  etc.  87 

along  the  centre  and  shorten  the  panel-back  in  front 
by  cutting  from  the  point,  slanting  inwards  and 
upwards  in  the  fore  part. 

Wlien  the  sides  are  joined,  rub  the  stitches  flat 
and  put  pieces  of  leather,  about  3  in.  square,  at 
each  end  at  the  positions  of  the  boards  when  the 
panel  is  in  position  ;  mark  the  back  of  the  panel  on 
the  spot  to  which  the  boards  reach  and  then  adjust 
the  pieces  of  leather,  stitching  them  across,  the 
marks  being  nailed  as  nearly  as  possible  in  the 
centre  of  the  board.  These  pieces  are  for  nailing 
the  panel  in  place  when  completed. 

The  panel  must  now  be  laid  flat  on  the  flannel 
check  or  linen  lining,  which  is  cut  about  \  in.  larger 
than  the  I  ack.  As  the  panel  is  wider  in  front,  the 
iiiiing  m  ist  be  slit  in  the  centre  of  the  front  as  far 


Fig-.  98.— Cart  Saddle  Tree. 

as  the  point  where  the  panel  begins  to  w^iden  ;  then 
cut  a  piece  of  the  same  material  of  the  necessary 
width  in  front  and  narrowing  towards  the  back. 
Whip  this  piece  to  the  lining,  turning  dow^n  the 
edges  of  both  while  stitching.  The  extra  \  in. 
beyond  the  size  of  the  back  is  now  turned  in,  and  a 
coarse  stitch  run  all  round. 

The  leather  basil  facing  for  the  panel  is  now  cut 
about  2|  in.  wide,  then  whipped  in  all  round  the 
lining,  being  joined  and  stitched  in  the  centre  of 
each  side.  Rub  the  stitches  flat,  and  cut  the  lining 
down  round  the  back  to  about  2  in.  wide,  from  the 
centre  on  each  side.  Then,  when  stuffed,  the  panel 
will  be  somewhat  thicker  in  the  front  than  at  the 
back,  and  will  not  sink  down  and  press  on  the 
shoulder-bones  under  a  load.    Now  cut  about  li  in. 


88  Harness  Making. 

from  the  front  part  of  the  facing  opposite  the  widen- 
ing piece  stitched  to  the  lining ;  cut  it  about  4|  in. 
long,  gradually  slanting  it  out  towards  the  ends, 
and  cut  about  2  in.  at  the  back  in  a  similar  style. 
Tack  the  facing  round  the  back,  centre  to  centre, 
and  both  inside  out ;  run  it  with  coarse  stitches, 
about  three  to  the  inch,  keeping  the  edges  together  ; 
it  can  be  either  spotted  or  stitched  double.  Now 
well  damp  the  back  of  the  panel  and  the  basil  fac- 
ing with  sponge  and  water. 

With  scissors  cut  an  opening  in  the  lining  exactly 
in  the  centre  of  the  panel  and  just  large  enough  to 
allow  it  to  be  turned  inside  out ;  the  cut  must  run 
along  the  panel,  not  across.  This  opening  can  be 
utilised  for  stuffing,  but  if  it  is  necessary  to  make 
the  cut  longer  than  is  required  for  this,  let  the  open- 
ing be  made  a  little  shorter  at  each  end  so  that  the 
slit  will  be  in  the  centre  of  the  length.  Put  a  line 
on  each  side  of  the  stitches  in  the  joining  of  the 
back,  about  1^  in.  on  each  side  at  the  back,  and  then 
gradually  widen  from  halfway  to  the  front  until  it 
is  about  2\  in.  on  each  side  of  the  stitches.  Tack  the 
lining  underneath,  making  it  tight  and  flat  between 
the  two  lines  and  keep  the  slit  in  the  centre,  so  as 
to  have  the  lining  distributed  equally  on  both  sides 
of  the  centre  of  the  joining  in  the  back.   •■ 

Now  take  a  wisp  of  straw,  about  9  in.  long,  and 
wrap  it  round  with  hemp,  making  it  firm  and  slightly 
thicker  than  a  finger  ;  tie  the  centre  of  the  wisp 
for  about  5  in.  and  place  its  centre  against  that  of 
the  panel  in  the  gullet  at  the  front,  and  draw  the 
facing  tight  for  the  distance  between  the  two  lines 
just  made.  Stitch  it  from  above  tightly  round  the 
wisp  with  a  spot  stitch  to  keep  the  gullet  open  and 
from  the  shoulder. 

The  lining  must  now  be  spot-stitched  on  the  back 
along  the  two  lines  which  have  been  marked,  the 
needle  being  passed  up  and  down  through  both. 
Leave  an  opening  of  the  same  length  as  the  slit,  and 


Cart  Saddles^  Reixs,  etc.  89 

carry  the  thread  on  the  leather  side  from  end  to  end 
of  the  slit  so  that  the  panel  can  be  stuffed  through. 

To  stuff  the  panel,  place  it  on  the  bench  in  front, 
with  the  lining  uppermost.  Drive  a  stout  clout  nail 
with  a  head  into  each  corner,  and  one  into  each  end 
of  the  stitches  in  the  side  opposite  the  outer  corners, 
the  other  side  of  the  panel  being  allowed  to  hang 
over  the  bench,  and  the  slit  in  the  lining  running 
along  the  edge  of  the  bench.  Having  a  heap  of 
straw  cut  to  the  same  length  as  the  panel  close  by, 
and  grasping  the  stuffing  stick  in  the  right  hand,  lay 
a  w'isp  across  the  front  and  push  it  to  its  position 
with  the  stick.  Lay  another  across  the  back,  and 
work  it  through  the  hole  with  the  fingers  ;  then  use 
the  stick  to  drive  it  against  the  facing  inside. 


Fig.  99.— Cart  Saddle  Panel. 


A  third  wisp  must  now  be  placed  in  the  side 
farthest  from  the  operator,  and  worked  into  place 
with  the  right  hand  and  stick,  the  left  hand  being 
employed  to  keep  the  straw  in  position.  Wisp  after 
wisp  can  now  be  added  along  the  front  until  the 
side  is  filled,  but  no  more  straw  is  put  in  the  ends 
after  the  first  wisp. 

Beat  the  panel  level  and  flat  with  the  collar 
mallet,  and  run  a  piece  of  leather  of  the  same  width 
as  the  opening  and  about  9  in.  long  inside  the  slit 
for  about  half  the  length  between  the  straw  and  the 
lining ;  this  will  clear  the  opening  for  the  flock. 
Have  a  hamper  full  of  carded  flock,  and  put  a  thick, 
even  layer  over  the  straw,  and  press  it  down  with  ?i 


90  Harness  Making. 

stick  or  seat  iron  to  the  edges  and  corners,  making 
it  as  smooth  as  possible  ;  then  beat  it  again  with  the 
mallet,  and  use  a  seat  awl  to  level  the  surface,  feel- 
ing for  lumps  with  the  left  hand.  Work  in  the  same 
way  on  the  other  side  to  complete  the  panel. 

A  dock  to  fasten  the  crupper  to  the  saddle  is 
placed  across  from  board  to  board  at  the  back.  Two 
l|-in.  tinned  rings  are  needed,  and  the  leather  must 
be  cut  1^  in.  wide,  and  doubled  to  reach  on  each 
side  as  far  as  half  the  width  of  the  board.  It  is 
better  to  make  the  dock  in  four  thicknesses,  running 
double  through  the  rmgs.  Insert  these,  one  at  each 
end,  and  drive  a  clout  nail  through  each  extremity 
and  clinch  it  on  a  piece  of  iron  ;  put  one  or  two  nails 
in  the  centre,  the  points  being  shaved  to  make  a 
good  joint  in  the  leather.  Spot  it  with  white  lace, 
or  stitch  it  coarse  with  strong  thread,  a  row  on  each 
side.  Trim  the  edges,  and  black  and  rub  it  with 
tallow. 

Take  two  fine-pointed  staples,  and,  with  the  dock 
in  its  place,  mark  the  position  with  the  points  of 
the  staples.  Make  holes  for  these  with  a  gimlet 
half-way  between  the  tree  and  the  end  of  the  board. 
Run  the  staples  through  the  ring  and  knock  them 
down  in  the  holes  until  about  |  in.  shows  on  the 
other  side  ;  turn  the  points  and  knock  them  against 
the  iron  level  with  the  board,  turning  in  the  tips 
a  little  to  enter  the  board.  The  dock  must  be  slack, 
with  at  least  the  same  sweep  from  board  to  board 
as  there  is  in  the  tree.  Some  harness  makers  nail 
to  the  centre  of  the  tree  a  2-in.  strap,  about  10  in. 
long,  for  fastening  the  crupper.  This  device  can  be 
adopted  instead  of  the  dock,  and  a  buckle  put  on  the 
crupper  ;  with  a  dock  the  crupper  goes  round  it. 

The  flaps  to  protect  the  horse's  side  from  the 
back  trace  reach  from  end  to  end  of  the  boards  on 
each  side  of  the  saddle.  Cut  them  9  in.  deep  more 
or  less,  according  to  needs,  making  them  ^  in.  longer 
at  each  end  at  the  top  than  the  boards.    Swell  them 


Cart  Saddles,  Reins,  etc.  91 

out  at  the  sides  from  the  top  and  round  the  corners 
at  the  bottom,  and  cut  a  fancy  point  in  the  centre 
of  the  lower  side. 

Now  hold  them  against  the  board  with  the  same 
length  exactly  over  each  end,  and  mark  the  width 
of  the  tree  on  both  sides  on  the  flaps.  At  the  marks 
cut  a  slit  about  |  in.  deep  towards  the  near  edge, 
and  turn  the  leather  inwards  between  the  cuts  in 
the  centre.  Knock  it  down  between  the  slits,  and 
cut  a  hole  to  admit  the  1^-in.  girth  or  strap  at  about 
the  middle  of  the  flap  on  each  side  just  opposite  the 
junction  of  the  boards  and  the  tree  ;  as  there  will  be 
two  girths,  a  strap  will  run  from  each  end  of  the 
board.  Edge  the  flaps  and  holes  all  round  on  both 
sides,  and  make  two  or  three  rows  round  them  with 
the  race  compass  ;  finish  them  with  a  hot  iron  after 
having  blacked  the  edges.  Reverse  the  cuts  in  cut- 
ting the  flap  to  catch  at  the  top  on  the  boards,  as 
these  may  not  be  the  same  length,  back  and  front, 
over  the  trees,  and  there  may  be  a  difference  in  the 
positions  of  the  holes  for  the  girth. 

The  girths  and  straps  must  be  made  from  good 
leather,  the  fore  girth  being  4  ft.  10  in.  and  the  hind 
5  ft.  2  in.  long,  an  allowance  of  2  in.  being  made  to 
turn  down  for  the  chape.  The  fore  strap  must  be 
1  ft.  6  in.  long  and  the  hind  1  ft.  8  in.  ;  the  width  of 
girth  and  straps  is  1^  in.  to  If  in.  Edge  the  girths 
along  both  sides,  and  turn  down  the  chapes  and 
shape  the  points  of  the  straps.  Leave  the  best  end 
of  each  girth  and  strap  for  nailing  to  the  tree  ;  put 
two  row^s  along  the  edge  with  a  race  compass  and 
bevel  with  a  hot  iron.  Stitch  the  buckles  and  make 
the  loops,  adding  two  running  loops  ;  finish  the 
loops  with  a  loop-stick,  and  then  crease  them. 
Black  the  edges  before  using  a  hot  beveller  and  cut 
four  or  five  holes  in  the  straps. 

Now  take  the  flaps  and  place  the  slit  in  the  centre 
opposite  the  tree,  and  turn  down  the  part  below, 
thus  having  about  an  inch  of  leather  on  the  board 


92  IIarxess  Making. 

under  the  slit.  Drive  a  saddler's  tack  in  each  end 
of  the  board  ;  do  this  gently  to  avoid  splitting.  Put 
the  shorter  strap  in  front  and  the  longer  behind  into 
the  flap  hole  from  above  so  as  to  bring  the  square 
end  out  at  the  top  between  the  flap  and  the  board. 
Adjust  both  in  the  same  manner,  and  put  four  or 
five  nails  along  the  edge  of  the  flap  and  board, 
taking  care  to  drive  two  of  them  through  the  straps 
and  flap  ;  finally  put  another  nail  in  the  centre  of 
the  strap  above  the  edge  of  the  flap.  Add  the  girths 
on  the  other  side  in  the  same  way,  and  see  that  the 
straps  are  on  the  near  side  and  the  girths  on  the 
off,  and  that  the  longer  of  each  set  is  behind. 

It  is  not  difficult  to  determine  which  is  the  front 
of  the  tree  because  in  this  part  the  boards  rise  a 
little  and  converge  towards  each  other.  Sometimes, 
instead  of  cutting  a  hole,  a  leather  loop  is  stitched 
on  the  flap  with  an  opening  wide  enough  to  admit 
straps  and  girths. 

The  girths,  flaps,  and  dock  are  now  put  in  posi- 
tion. Then  place  the  front  of  the  panel  against  that 
of  the  tree,  and  press  it  in  the  centre  just  against 
the  top  of  the  tree.  Having  the  pieces  to  be  nailed 
on  the  centre  of  the  board  stitched  to  the  panel, 
fasten  them  to  this  part  w4th  four  or  five  small 
tacks,  making  sure  that  the  panel  lies  close.  Deal 
w4th  the  hind  part  of  the  panel  in  the  same  manner. 
Some  harness  makers  always  run  a  piece  of  lace 
from  the  centre  of  the  panel  to  the  centre  of  the 
tree  in  front,  where  it  is  nailed  close  to  the  tree. 

The  next  operation  is  to  cut  the  housings  (Figs 
100  and  101)  or  cover  for  the  saddle  top  ;  the  width 
must  be  5  in.  to  7  in.,  and  the  length  sufficient  to 
reach  from  end  to  end  over  the  tree  by  the  side  of 
the  groove  on  each  side.  The  length  can  be  mea- 
sured with  string.  Do  not  cut  the  ends  square  to 
the  measurement,  but  bulge  and  round  them  so  that 
they  are  3  in.  more  along  the  centre.  Narrow  the 
front  housing  (Fig.  101)  slightly  for  about  10  in.  in 


Cart  Saddles,  Reins,  etc.  93 

the  centre  so  that  it  will  rise  there,  and  cut  the  part 
to  be  nailed  at  the  back  as  before,  namely  about 
6  in.  wide  on  each  side  from  the  centre,  narrowing  to 
a  sharp  point  at  the  lower  end.  The  back  housing 
(Fig.  100)  being  straight  on  the  outside,  begin  to 
cut  on  the  side  about  to  be  nailed  from  the  corners 
upwards,  narrowing  an  inch  from  the  corner  until 
it  comes  to  a  point  in  the  middle.  This  improves 
the  appearance  and  lifts  the  front  from  the  shoulder, 
the  back  being  thus  made  to  match  the  entire  piece. 
Make  three  rows  around  the  edges  with  a  race  com- 
pass and  run  the  lines  deep  with  a  beveller. 

A  brass  oval  or  octagon  may  be  placed  on  each 
corner  of  the  housings  at  equal  distances  from  the 
edge  and  end.  Put  these  pieces  in  position  and  nail 
them  to  the  tree  through  the  centre ;  then  tighten 


Fig-.  100. — Cart  Saddle  Hind  Housing-. 

them  at  each  end  with  the  seat  awl  or  other  strong 
awl,  pulling  down  hard  from  the  centre  and  driving 
in  a  nail  on  each  side  while  tightening.  Drive  nails 
all  along  about  2  in.  apart,  being  careful  to  make 
the  edge  of  the  housing  quite  flush  with  the  edge  of 
the  tree  so  as  to  obtain  the  proper  shape.  The  nails 
can  then  be  covered  with  brass  beading  |  in.  wide, 
or  a  welt  of  the  same  width  may  be  nailed  down 
with  brass  or  japanned  head  nails.  Seven  or  eight 
stitches,  nine  per  inch,  must  now  be  put  in  the 
lower  part  of  the  housnig  at  the  tour  ends  through 
the  flap,  and  will  thus  bind  all  neatly  and  firmly. 

For  the  cart-saddle  crupper,  the  body  must  be 
cut  2  ft.  6  in.  or  2  ft.  8  in.  long  and  3^  in.  to  4  in. 
wide  ;  cut  a  semicircle  in  the  centre  from  the  weak 
end,  a  point  about  |  in.  wide  being  left  at  each  side 


94  Harness  Makixg. 

of  the  semicircle,  and  then  cut  an  8-in.  piece  to  line 
with  this  end.  Next  cut  a  piece  of  leather  |  in.  wide 
and  8^  in.  long,  shaving  the  ends  thin.  Stitch  it 
with  the  edges  together  so  as  to  make  it  round  to 
within  1^  in.  from  each  end.  A  cord  or  bit  of  leather 
may  be  placed  in  the  centre  to  reinforce  this  ;  then 
rub  it  round  and  blacken  it,  and  flatten  both  ends 
out  with  a  hammer ;  this  is  for  hanging  the  saddle 
on  a  peg. 

The  body  that  was  cut  first  must  now  be  pointed 
at  the  square  end,  the  width  being  reduced  to  about 
2  in.,  the  same  cut  being  made  on  each  side.  Race 
it  along  the  sides  and  ends,  then  edge,  black,  and 
run  a  hot  iron  over  the  creases.  Now  prick  it, 
about  nine  per  inch,  as  far  as  the  termination  of  the 
lining  from  the  semicircle. 

The  ends  of  the  round  piece  lately  made  are 
brought  together  and  put  under  the  points,  one  on 
each  side  ;  place  the  lining  under  them,  and  stitch  it 
all  round  and  across  the  points  from  side  to  side 
with  a  three-cord  black  wax  thread,  and  trim,  black, 
and  rub  the  edges.  Cut  the  lay  1  in.  narrower  than 
the  body  and  3  ft.  long  ;  turn  it  in  10  in.  at  the  strong 
end  and  beat  it  flat.  Turn  it  down  2  in.  at  the  other 
end,  and  cut  it  slanting  down  to  1^  in.  wide  for  a 
buckle  of  the  same  width  ;  cut  a  hole  for  the  buckle 
and  run  a  line  across  the  broad  end  2  in.  from  the 
point,  another  in  the  same  direction  \  in.  from  the 
end  of  the  bend  underneath,  and  a  third  2|  in.  from 
this  part  towards  the  buckle.  Edge  only  the  top, 
just  reaching  over  the  end  of  the  broad  bend  ;  then 
make  two  lines  of  creasing  and  run  a  hot  iron  over 
them. 

Inner  lines  are  made  about  \  in.  from  the  inner- 
most line,  from  the  first  cross  line  to  the  second,  and 
from  the  third  to  the  buckle.  Two  spaces  are  left 
for  openings  for  the  hip  straps,  one  in  the  bend  and 
the  other  in  the  middle  ;  black  and  prick  the  parts 
to  be  stitched,  four  lines  between  the  two  openings 


Cart  Saddles,  Reixs,  etc,  95 

and  four  lines  from  the  other  side  of  the  second 
opening  in  the  direction  of  the  buckle.  Fix  the 
buckle  in  place  and  lay  it  flat  in  the  centre  of  the 
body,  the  extremity  of  the  broad  end  of  the  lay 
reaching  the  edge  of  the  semicircle  ;  tack  it  down 
and  stitch,  keeping  it  well  in  position  while  working. 
Stitch  coarse  or  spot  along  the  three  marked  lines 
near  the  openings.     The  body  is  now  finished. 

A  pad  or  panel  is  next  needed.  Cut  some  thick 
felt  to  the  same  width  as  the  body,  and  long  enough 
to  reach  from  the  point  of  the  semicircle  to  2  in. 
beyond  the  cross  line  near  the  buckle  ;  cover  it  with 
basil,  and  coarse-stitch  it  with  a  pointed  needle 
along  the  centre.  Turn  the  ends  neatly  over  the  felt 
and  fasten  ;  then  with  stitches  put  it  in  place  next 
the  crupper  body.     Tack  down  each  end,  and  run 


Fig.  101.— Cart  Saddle  Front  Housing. 

four  or  five  stitches  here  and  there  through  the  body 
and  panel  ;  make  sure  that  the  work  is  well  secured 
at  each  corner.  Cut  a  hole  through  the  body 
exactly  opposite  the  buckle  1^  in.  wide  and  broad 
enough  to  pass  the  strap  ;  this  is  made  9  in.  long, 
pointing  one  end  and  shaving  the  other.  Crease 
and  black  it,  and  stitch  the  shaved  end  against  the 
narrowed  end  of  the  body.  When  finished  and 
punched,  this  w411  go  round  the  dock  in  the  saddle 
and  fasten  to  the  buckle  on  the  lay,  running  down 
through  the  hole  made  in  the  body. 

Sometimes,  instead  of  the  opening  in  the  bend,  an 
iron  dee  is  employed  for  the  crupper,  and  the  hip 
straps  are  fastened  thereto,  a  strap  about  20  in. 
long  being  used  on  each  side  of  the  dee.  This  is  a 
matter  of  taste,  but  care  must  be  taken  that  the 
measurement  from  the  second  cross  line  to  the  ex- 


96  Harness  Making. 

treme  end  of  the  dee,  when  the  lay  is  turned  down, 
equals  what  it  would  be  to  the  extreme  end  of  the 
bend. 

To  make  the  breeching,  cut  the  body,  if  possible, 
7  ft.  4  in.  long  and  about  4  in.  wide.  Turn  it  down 
to  4  ft.  10  in.  long,  the  strong  end  less  than  the 
w^eak  ;  edge  and  black,  and  crease  two  rows  along 
the  edges.  Shave  the  ends,  and  mark  a  cross  line 
about  1^  in.  from  the  centre  of  the  bend  on  both 
sides  and  at  each  end  of  the  body. 

Now  cut  some  pieces  1  ft.  long  for  lining  between 
the  two  marks  in  the  bend  and  shave  their  ends ; 
bend  them  flesh  outwards,  leaving  one  end  about 
1  in.  shorter  than  the  other  ;  otherwise  it  will  be 
bulky  when  inside  the  breeching.  Put  it  inside  the 
bend  after  pricking  the  second  row  along  the  part 
having  the  leather  doubled,  and  across  the  bend 
from  one  cross  line  to  the  other.  When  this  lining 
has  been  tacked  in  the  bend,  stitch  from  row  to 
row  ;  this  is  the  eye  for  the  bridgeband  pin  used  for 
fastening  the  chain.  Trim  the  edges  of  the  bend, 
blacken,  and  rub  them  with  tallow  and  a  bone  ; 
then  tack  down  the  double  part  as  far  as  it  goes. 
If,  after  being  lined,  the  bend  is  rather  hard,  beat 
it  with  a  wooden  mallet  and  stitch  the  double  part 
along  both  the  ends  and  sides  ;  then  trim,  black, 
and  rub  the  edges. 

The  body  is  now  ready  for  the  lay,  which  must  be 
of  the  same  length  and  1  in.  narrower  ;  edge,  crease, 
and  black  it  all  along,  and  make  another  line  with 
the  compass  \  in.  from  the  inner  line  of  the  crease. 
Prick  the  two  innermost  lines  nine  to  the  inch,  and 
turn  down  the  lay  at  both  ends  to  the  same  extent 
as  the  body.  Shave  the  ends  and  tack  the  lay  in  the 
centre  of  the  body,  the  light  end  of  the  lay  being 
placed  against  the  heavy  end  of  the  body  and  in- 
versely ;  pull  it  down  close  over  the  ends  of  the 
body  and  tack  it  in  place. 
Stitch  all  along  the  pricked  part  from  end  to  end 


Cart  Saddles,  Reins,  etc.  97 

to  the  cross  lines,  and  spot  or  stitch  cross  lines, 
making  the  stitching  bulge  inwards  at  the  middle  to 
the  extent  of  about  1  in.  Make  a  hole  with  a  large 
punch  exactly  in  the  centre  where  the  stitches  bulge 
inwards,  and  then,  holding  the  round  knife  firmly  in 
the  hand,  cut  out  straight  at  each  side  to  remove 
a  piece  that  allows  the  chain  to  enter  and  catch  the 
pin.  Cut  another  hole  in  the  centre  1  ft.  4  in.  from 
the  ends  by  punching  a  hole  1^  in.  farther  on  ;  then 
remove  the  part  between  the  holes  by  two  cuts, 
allowing  space  for  the  l|-in.  tug  to  go  through. 

Prepare  the  two  bridgeband  pins  and  four  1^-in. 
buckles  to  match  those  on  the  saddle  and  crupper. 
The  pins  have  a  dee  at  one  end,  and  at  the  other  a 
screw-thread  with  nut  and  washer  to  fix  it  in  place. 
Two  hind  tugs  1  ft.  8  in.  long  must  be  cut  from  the 
leather,  6  in.  being  turned  down  at  each  end  to  meet 
the  point ;  make  a  buckle  hole  in  the  weak  end  of 
each,  and  black,  crease,  and  rub  them.  Prick  the 
tugs  from  where  the  chapes  leave  the  bridgeband  to 
the  loop  or  to  the  part  w^hicli  will  have  the  loop. 
Place  the  strong  end  in  the  hole  in  the  centre  of  the 
bridgeband  from  underneath,  so  that  the  joint  will 
be  in  the  front  under  the  loop,  and  put  a  buckle  on 
the  other  end.  Make  a  loop  about  2\  in.  long  and 
sufficiently  wide  to  go  round  the  two  thicknesses  of 
the  strap.  Make  two  rows  of  creasing,  one  at  each 
end,  and  stitch  the  sides  loosely  together  ;  then  put 
the  loop  on  the  tug  and  stitch  the  end  of  the  tug. 
Pull  the  loop  over  the  joint  and  keep  this  and  the 
stitches  out  of  sight  in  the  centre  of  the  strap. 

A  safe  must  now  be  cut  sufficiently  long  to  run 
from  the  body  of  the  bridgeband  to  an  inch  beyond 
the  end  of  the  buckle  at  the  top  and  \  in.  wider  on 
each  side  of  the  tug.  Narrow  the  bottom  to  the 
width  of  the  tug  and  shave  it ;  round  the  other  end, 
putting  a  loop  on  its  extreme  point  in  the  centre, 
both  the  ends  meeting.  Stitch  it  for  about  \\  in. 
along  both  sides  through  the  safe  ;   put  the  l-|-in. 

6 


98  Harness  Making. 

loop-stick  in  it,  and  black,  crease,  and  finish.  In  the 
next  place  put  the  l|-in.  iron  loop-stick  in  the  long 
loop  on  the  tug  and  beat  it  gently  until  it  is  quite 
flat  and  square.  Fasten  it  securely  from  under- 
neath with  about  five  nails  on  each  side,  clinching 
them  against  the  iron  loop-stick  inside.  Crease  this 
again  with  a  hot  iron  and  put  a  fancy  stamp  with 
the  maker's  name  or  a  neat  creasing  in  the  centre. 
Then  put  the  safes  in  their  places,  fixing  the  loops 
on  their  ends  just  against  the  buckle  at  the  top,  and 
stitch  the  safe  along  the  part  pricked  from  the  loop 
to  the  body  of  the  bridgeband.  Make  two  or  four 
rows  and  strong  cross-stitch  the  tug  at  the  bottom. 
Now  run  a  row  of  stitches  across  the  top  of  the  tug 
through  the  safe  between  the  buckle  and  the  loop. 

Make  both  the  tugs  alike,  and  to  prepare  the  tugs 
for  the  pins  the  loop  is  made  as  before,  but  it  must 
be  shorter  because  the  tug  with  the  dee-pin  should 
have  the  same  length  from  the  body  of  the  bridge- 
band  as  the  hind  tugs.  Join  the  ends  and  make  the 
safes  similar,  creasing  the  loops  to  a  similar  pat- 
tern ;  in  fastening  the  safe  to  the  tug,  however, 
stitch  a  row  only  across  the  bottom  and  top  of  the 
tug,  as  it  will  be  too  short  for  more.  Two  loin  straps 
3  ft.  8  in.  long  by  1^  in.  wide  must  be  cut  to  fasten 
to  the  tugs  and  pass  through  openings  in  the  crup- 
per ;  point  at  each  end,  crease  double  at  each  side, 
edge,  black,  pass  a  hot  iron  along  the  creases,  and 
make  six  or  seven  holes  in  each  end  to  complete 
them. 

The  parts  next  to  be  made  are  a  leading  rein,  a 
1-in.  strap  with  a  billet  and  buckle  at  one  end  and 
a  chain  with  a  spring  hook,  called  a  cheek,  at  the 
other.  Black  and  crease  the  rein,  and  then  stitch 
on  the  buckles,  billet,  and  chain. 

The  billet  is  the  piece  of  leather  stitched  under 
or  behind  the  buckle  for  fastening  this  particular 
end  to  any  object.  Make  the  billet  1  ft.  long.  The 
full  length  of  the  rein  must  be  about  8  ft.  6  in.  ;  the 


Cart  Saddles,  liE/.vs,  etc.  99 

chain  by  which  it  is  fastened  to  the  horse's  mouth 
is  put  through  the  near  ring  and  secured  witli  a 
spring  hook  to  the  opposite  ring.  The  billet  end 
is  fastened  to  the  crupper  of  the  leader  or  the  shaft 
horse.  This  is  very  useful  when  horses  take  fright, 
as  the  driver  may  then  be  able  to  catch  the  rein  and 
pull  them  in,  though  unable  to  reach  their  heads. 

The  1^-in.  hame  straps  are  simple  straps  with  a 
buckle  and  loop  at  one  extremity,  the  other  end 
being  pointed  with  holes.  Their  length  is  about 
1  ft.  8  in.  ;  they  are  employed  to  secure  the  hames 
at  the  top. 

Some  harness-makers,  for  the  purpose  of  orna- 
ment, make,  for  cart  horses,  a  breast-plate  w^iich 
extends  from  the  bottom  of  the  hames  and  collar  to 
the  fore  girth  of  the  saddle  or  to  the  belly-band  of 
a  leader.  It  is  made  of  leather,  bound  with  red  or 
yellow  leather  or  American  cloth,  and  the  sides  are 
scalloped,  and  have  two  or  three  face-pieces  placed 
opposite  the  swell  in  the  scallop,  these  face-pieces 
being  a  litle  narrower  than  the  leather.  A  narrow 
strap  runs  from  underneath  through  a  hole,  catch- 
ing a  loop  at  the  top  of  the  face-piece,  and  then 
down  through  another  hole,  and  so  on  to  the  next. 

When  the  strap  is  run  all  along,  fasten  the  end 
at  the  bottom,  the  other  extremity  being  secured  by 
the  billet,  and  buckle  to  the  hames  at  the  top.  Run 
a  strap  about  2  ft.  long  from  the  base  of  this  scal- 
loped part,  and  furnish  it  with  a  buckle.  Put  it  on 
the  reverse  w^ay  and  bring  the  other  end  through  the 
buckle,  fastening  it  thereto  ;  stitch  the  end  to  the 
bottom  of  the  scalloped  part,  the  other  end  being 
furnished  with  a  loop  through  which  the  girth  may 
pass.  The  part  underneath  the  face-pieces  may, 
before  being  bound,  be  covered  w^ith  coloured 
leather  to  give  it  a  good  appearance. 

Now  cut  the  cart  belly-band  3  in.  wide  and 
3  ft.  8  in.  long  ;  narrow  it  down  to  2  in.  along  a 
length  of  6  in.  at  both  ends,  and,  without  bending 


ioo  Hara-'ess  Awaking. 

the  band,  cut  a  buckle  hole  about  3  in.  from  the 
point.  Make  two  billets  2  ft.  2  in.  long  and  2  in. 
wide,  and  edge,  crease,  and  black  everything.  Two 
loops  must  also  be  made  about  If  in.  wide.  Prick 
the  billet,  six  per  inch,  for  about  6  in.  from  the 
shaved  end,  and  adjust  the  buckle  and  billet, 
making  the  latter  lap  over  the  buckle  for  3  in.  lower 
down.  Place  the  loop  about  1  in.  from  the  buckle, 
tack  all  down,  and  stitch  with  a  six-cord  black  wax 
thread,  twice  waxed ;  then  make  two  or  three 
stitches  in  the  centre  of  each  end.  Having  opened 
and  creased  the  loops,  make  four  holes  in  the 
billets  ;  finally,  give  them  a  coat  of  Harris's  liquid 
or  composition. 


lOI 


CHAPTER    VIII. 

FORE  GEAR  OR  LEADER  HARNESS. 

The  bridle  and  collar  for  a  fore  gear  or  leader 
harness  must  be  made  in  the  way  described  in  the 
previous  chapters,  and  will  require  no  further  ex- 
planation here. 

The  back-band  a  (Fig.  102),  long  crupper  r,  and 
belly-band  d,  still  need  description,  however.  Cut 
the  crupper  from  good  leather  3  ft.  8  in.  long  and 
5  in.  wide,  and  make  a  split  9  in.  long  at  the  light 
end  and  another,  7  in.  long,  at  the  tail  end,  leaving 
the  points  of  the  slits  in  front  of  the  full  width, 
merely  cutting  a  little  out  of  the  corners.  Narrow 
the  points  at  the  tail  end  gradually  to  about  1^  in., 
and  cut  a  little  from  the  sides  of  each  slit.  A  piece 
of  leather  must  be  cut  to  line  a  foot  or  so  of  the 
tail  end,  and  a  piece  of  soft  leather  16  in.  by  3^  in. 
for  a  dock.  Damp  the  dock  well  and  turn  down  both 
edges  in  such  a  manner  as  to  overlap  deeply  along 
the  centre,  the  ends  having  been  previously  shaved 
thin. 

Now  bring  both  ends  together,  making  both  sides 
meet  flat,  but  not  with  the  flat  sides  together  ;  then, 
taking  hold  of  the  piece  on  the  flat  in  the  centre, 
turn  the  lower  edge  inwards  and  upwards,  still  keep- 
ing the  points  together  with  the  other  hand.  Nail 
each  point  to  a  board  and  keep  all  parts  in  shape 
until  dry,  when  the  dock  will  be  firm.  Edge,  crease, 
and  black  the  body,  making  two  rows  all  round, 
rubbing  the  edges  well  and  hot-creasing  the  lines. 
At  the  tail  end  prick  the  second  line  as  far  as  the 
double  runs  ;  if  the  dock  is  dry,  put  it  between  the 
lining  and  body  at  each  end  of  the  slit.  Tack  it 
down  around  the  lining,  and  stitch. 


102  ,  Harness  Making. 

A  few  egg-shaped  stitches  can  be  put  inside  the 
outer  stitches  through  the  body  and  points  of  tiie 
dock  to  keep  the  last  in  place  ;  trim  the  edges,  and 
black,  rub,  and  tallow  them,  and  do  the  same  inside 
the  edges  of  the  slits. 

Cut  two  chapes  to  hold  the  buckles  in  front  for 
fastening  the  crupper  to  the  collar  straps  ;  bend  the 
chapes  down  about  4  in.,  shave  one  end  and  point 
the  other.  Cut  a  hole  for  the  buckle  and  prepare 
the  chapes  for  stitching ;  then,  having  two  loops 
ready,  about  1^  in.  wide,  tack  them  in  their  places, 
keeping  the  outside  of  the  buckle  exactly  level  with 
the  end  of  each  slit  and  the  chapes  right  in  the 
centre.  Stitch  them  down,  put  a  cross  stitch  on 
each  side  of  the  buckle,  and  shape  and  crease  the 
loops.  Now  cut  the  crupper  lay  1  ft.  3  in.  by  3  in., 
and  turn  it  down  for  about  1  ft.  at  the  good  end ; 
shave  the  end  of  the  short  turn  thin,  and  round  the 
other  end  ;  then  edge,  crease,  and  black  the  lay. 

Cut  two  hip  straps  h  (Fig.  102)  2  ft.  by  1^  in.,  and 
turn  them  down  for  3  in.  at  the  heavy  end  ;  then 
shave  the  turn  down,  point  the  buckle  end,  and 
crease  and  black  the  straps.  Attach  them  to  a 
3-in.  japanned  or  tinned  dee,  one  strap  on  each 
side ;  stitch  four  rows  in  the  double  of  each,  and 
rub  and  finish  the  edge.  Prepare  two  more  straps 
in  the  same  manner,  each  2  ft.  10  in.  by  1^  in.,  and 
stitch  them  in  the  middle  round  part  of  the  dee 
between  the  two  other  straps.  These  are  the  car- 
rier straps  L  (Fig.  102)  for  the  stretcher ;  the  hip 
straps  are  for  carrying  the  traces. 

The  straight  part  of  the  dee  is  now  put  in  the 
bend  of  the  lay  and  placed  on  the  centre  of  the 
crupper  bod}'^  at  the  same  distance  from  each  side, 
the  extreme  point  of  the  dee  being  within  8  in.  from 
the  points  of  the  tail  slits.  Tack  down  and  stitch 
two  rows  \  in.  apart  all  round,  eight  per  inch,  with 
three-cord  thread  ;  then  stitch  the  lay  coarse,  or 
spot  it  across  just  to  the  dee.     Some  makers  put  a 


Fore  Gear  or  Leader  Harxess.        103 

pad  under  the  crupper  as  with  the  cart-saddle 
crupper,  running  it  from  the  end  of  the  tail  slit  to 
1  in.  beyond  the  point  of  the  lay. 

Hip-strap  tugs  k,  must  be  made  to  buckle  to  the 
hip  straps  running  from  the  dee,  and  for  hooking 
in  the  traces.  Having  a  pair  of  l|-in.  hip-strap 
chains  (Figs.  103  and  104),  cut  the  tugs  10  in.  by 
1^  in.  ;  bend  them  so  that  the  points  meet  in  the 
centre,  and  cut  a  hole  for  the  buckle  in  one  end. 
Stitch  the  points  together  and  put  in  two  narrow 


Fig'.  102.— Set  of  Leader  Gear. 


*o 


loops,  one  to  be  used  to  hide  the  joint,  or  have  one 
single  broad  loop  for  the  same  purpose.  Place  a 
safe  underneath  the  same  as  on  the  bridgeband 
fore  tugs,  but  stitch  it  instead  of  nailing. 

In  the  next  place  make  the  tugs  for  the  stretcher 
carrier  strap  m  (Fig.  102),  and  a  strap  1^  in.  by 
1  ft.  2  in.,  and  in  the  last  bend  a  chape,  and  cut 
a  hole  for  the  buckle.  Stitch  the  buckle  on  with  a 
loop  and  make  a  running  loop  and  a  hole  1  in.  from 
tb'^,  point  of  the  strap. 


104  Harness  Making. 

When  placing  the  carrier  straps  in  position,  fix 
a  loop  on  each  end  of  the  stretcher  and  nail  the 
ends  of  the  latter,  leaving  space  for  the  strap  to 
pass.  Run  the  strap  down  through  this  loop,  the 
runner  loop  having  previously  been  put  on  the 
strap  ;  then  pass  it  through  the  runner  loop  to  the 
buckle,  where  it  is  fastened.  Secure  the  carrier 
straps  to  the  same  buckle  over  the  carrier  straps, 
bringing  their  points  down  into  the  loop.  Keep  the 
runner  loop  down  by  the  stretcher  to  tighten  the 
tug  and  to  produce  a  neat  finish. 

The  hip  straps  must  now  be  buckled  in  the  tug 
buckles,  the  hook  fastened  to  chain  traces,  and  the 
collar  straps  buckled  in  the  fore-slit  buckles. 
Whether  the  dock  is  put  under  the  tail  is  optional, 
because  the  hip  straps,  when  fastened  in  the  dee, 
suffice  to  keep  the  crupper  in  place. 

The  back-band  A,  to  carry  the  traces,  is  the  next 
part  of  the  harness  to  be  made.  It  must  measure 
about  4  ft.  4  in.  from  tip  to  tip,  including  the  termin- 
al chains  or  the  eye,  to  which  the  traces  are  hooked. 
If  pipe,  the  leather  must  be  made  6  ft.  4  in.  by  5  in. 
Mark  a  cross-line  1  ft.  from  each  extremity,  and 
another  6  in.  from  each  line,  so  that  there  will  be 
3  ft.  4  in.  between  the  two  middle  marks.  A  piece 
of  lining  is  required  for  the  part  between  the  two 
lines  at  each  end  ;  this  should  be  of  the  same  width 
as  the  back-band  and  1  ft.  3  in.  long.  Shave  thin 
both  tips  of  the  lining  and  also  the  ends  of  the 
turn-in  of  the  back-band  ;  crease,  black,  and  rub 
the  back-band,  the  crease  being  made  from  the  ex- 
treme lines  right  along.  Prick  the  piece  from  the 
outer  cross-line  at  each  end  as  far  as  the  double  will 
run,  making  five  rows  with  two  on  each  side  ;  then 
put  the  lining  under  the  space  between  the  two 
lines  so  that  it  is  6  in.  over  one  and  3  in.  over  the 
other. 

A  narrow  piece,  shaved  at  the  inner  edge  and 
about  6  in.   long,  is  now  placed  on  both  ends  at 


Fore  Gear  or  Leader  Harness.        105 

each  side  of  the  6-in.  space  to  strengthen  the  eye. 
Stitch  the  four  rows  in  the  6-in.  space,  between  the 
two  lines,  with  three-cord  thread,  eight  per  inch ; 
turn  the  edges  of  this  part  and  black  and  rub  them. 
Now  turn  down  the  ends,  bringing  the  cross-lines 
dividing  the  eye  exactly  opposite  each  other ; 
flatten  the  eye  so  as  to  bring  the  parts  with  the 
lines  close  together,  and  tack  it  in  this  position. 
Take  two  1-in.  dees  and  place  a  piece  of  leather 
inside  them,  on  the  flat  side,  for  about  half  their 
width.  Put  both  on  each  side  of  the  back-band, 
one  in  each  end  betw^een  the  double  close  to  the  eye 
and  low  enough  to  stitch  through  the  piece  of 
leather  inside,  when  stitching  the  outer  row. 


Fig-.   104. 
Figs.  103  and  104. — Hip-strap  Chains. 

The  dees  must  be  tacked  down  as  well  as  the 
double  ;  fasten  it  right  along  both  sides.  The  four 
rows  at  both  ends  and  sides  are  stitched  to  the  top 
of  the  double  from  the  cross  rows.  If  desired,  a 
fancy  wave  or  pattern  can  be  made  instead  of  the 
two  inner  lines  of  stitching.  Then  stitch  or  spot 
with  lace  across  the  back-band  along  the  cross-lines 
near  the  eye  ;  open  out  the  last  by  placing  a  thick 
piece  of  wood,  etc.,  inside. 

Two  straps  must  be  cut  10  in.  by  |  in.,  a  buckle 
and  loop  being  adjusted  to  one  end,  and  four  or 
five  punch  holes  made  at  the  other  for  the  dee 


io6  Harness  Making. 

fixed  at  the  side  of  the  back-band  to  pass  through  a 
link  in  the  trace,  and  thus  secure  the  back-band. 

Some  harness-makers  line  back-bands  from  one 
end  to  the  other  and  stitch  them  ;  others  line  the 
inner  part  of  the  eye  with  sole  leather,  and  place  a 
safe  under  the  eye.  This  safe  is  about  1  in.  wider 
at  the  bottom,  and  narrows  dow^n  to  the  same  w  idth 
as  the  back-band  at  the  top  ;  the  lower  corners  are 
rounded,  and  then  it  is  stitched  in  from  the  eye 
upwards. 

For  the  belly-band  d,  a  pair  of  3-in.  chains  is  re- 
quired, and  the  leather  must  be  cut  3  ft.  4  in.  by 
3  in.  Turn  in  4  in.  at  the  ends,  and  shave,  edge, 
black,  and  crease  them  ;  then  put  the  leather  into 
the  openings  in  the  chains,  stitch  four  rows  along 
the  double  part,  and  spot  or  stitch  across  near  the 
chain. 

The  set  of  shaft  and  chain  gear,  as  described  in 
Chapters  V.  to  VIII.,  is  now  complete.  The  chains 
are  attached  to  the  shaft  harness  or  jambles  to  pull 
from  the  shaft,  while  the  leader  harness  has  only 
a  hook  for  hitching  the  chain  traces. 


I07 


CHAPTER    IX. 

PLOUGH      HARNESS. 

In  plough  gears  the  ordinary  bridle  and  collar  are 
employed.  The  back-band  is  made  in  various  ways. 
The  method  with  hooks  is  taken  first.  The  eye  of  the 
hook  (Fig.  105,  p.  109)  is  4  in.  wide.  Cut  the  leather 
3  ft.  9  in.  long  and  4  in.  wide  ;  turn  down  3  in.  at 
each  end,  and  beat  the  bend  slightly  with  the  ham- 
mer to  keep  it  down,  and  crease  it  w^th  the  screw- 
race,  making  two  rows  on  each  side ;  mark  the 
centre  from  each  end,  and  draw  a  line  straight 
across  at  this  point,  then  two  lines  each  5  in.  from 
the  centre,  so  that  the  distance  between  them  will 
be  10  in. 

Cut  two  pieces  of  leather  10^  in.  long  and  f  in. 
wide  ;  dye  and  crease  one  side  of  each  piece,  having 
previously  cut  a  small  piece  out  of  each  corner  of 
the  side  being  worked.  A  line  must  then  be  drawn 
with  the  compasses  along  the  centre  of  this  narrow 
piece.  Make  a  mark  across  the  centre,  and  place  it 
underneath  the  back-band,  centre  to  centre,  as  far 
as  the  line  just  drawn  ;  tack  it  down  for  stitching, 
and  place  the  other  piece  in  the  same  manner  on 
the  other  side,  so  that  the  pieces  may  be  a  little 
over  both  lower  lines  at  each  end.  This  piece  is 
called  the  facing  ;  the  place  on  the  back-band  where 
the  pieces  are  to  be  stitched  is  pricked  out  before 
tacking  them  down.  The  work  of  stitching  is  now 
commenced,  care  being  taken  to  keep  the  line  close 
to  the  edge  of  the  back-band  ;  make  the  thread  of 
three  or  four  cords  of  coarse  hemp. 

Having  a  l^-in.  tinned  dee  at  hand,  cut  a  piece  of 
leather  1^  in.  by  4  in.  ;  shave  and  point  both  ends, 
then  crease,  black,  and  prick  them  like  the  side, 
with  eight  or  ten  marks  per  inch.     Place  the  dee  in 


io8  Harness  Making, 

the  centre  of  this  piece,  and  lay  it  flat  on  the  back- 
band  in  the  centre,  measured  from  both  sides,  or 
from  the  top  line  to  either  of  the  lines  below,  and 
then  stitch,  having  tacked  it  down.  When  plough- 
ing is  being  done,  the  rein  is  run  through  this  dee, 
and  there  must  be  one  dee  on  each  back-band  on 
the  opposite  side  when  the  horses  work  in  pairs, 
but  for  a  single  horse  there  is  one  on  each  side  of 
the  same  back-band. 

The  next  part  to  be  made  is  the  panel,  used  for 
preventing  soreness  of  the  back  of  the  animal  when 
ploughing,  brought  about  by  the  constant  pressure 
in  one  place.  Take  a  piece  of  linen,  or  basil 
leather,  14  in.  by  7  in.,  and  lay  the  back-band  on  it 
centre  to  centre,  and  evenly  over  both  sides  ;  make 
the  spot  stitch  thus  //  //  //  across  the  back-band, 
and  through  the  linen  along  the  middle  line.  Then 
the  partition  between  the  two  sides  will  show  the 
object  of  these  facings,  which  make  the  pad  slightly 
wider  than  the  back-band,  and  so  ease  the  horse's 
back. 

Having  stitched  across  the  centre,  turn  in  the 
lining  all  round  about  \  in.  ;  if,  however,  the 
material  employed  is  basil,  no  turning  is  required. 
Make  a  pleat  at  each  corner  of  the  end  of  the 
facing,  making  both  exactly  the  same  length  ;  put 
another  pleat  opposite  the  first,  so  that  the  width 
may  be  the  same  as  that  of  the  back-band  and 
facing  combined. 

If  the  panel  is  basil,  the  corner  is  cut  off  to  obtain 
the  true  length,  and  then  stitched  together  where 
the  cut  was  made  instead  of  making  a  pleat.  Now 
begin  to  stitch  all  round,  commencing  about  1^  in. 
from  the  centre  on  one  side  so  as  to  have  an  open- 
ing for  stuflSing.  Work  round  along  the  cross  lines 
at  the  bottom  until  within  1^  in.  of  the  centre  of  the 
other  side  in  a  direct  line  from  the  starting  point. 
Spot-stitching  is  executed  in  the  usual  style. 

Stuffing  is  the  next  operation,  the  flock  being  put 


Plough  Harness.  109 

through  the  opening  left  on  each  side  of  the  centre 
line.  Lay  the  back-band  flat  on  the  bench  and  stuff 
each  side  rather  tightly  by  the  aid  of  the  stuffing- 
stick  ;  the  leather  side  of  the  back-band  is  under- 
neath, whilst  the  openings  are  near  the  edge  of  the 
bench.  Smooth  well  towards  the  sides,  and  flatten 
with  a  mallet,  and  continue  the  stitching  along  the 
opening  to  the  starting-point ;  this  completes  the 
top. 

The  hooks  must  now  be  put  in,  an  operation 
which  is  performed  as  follows :  Cut  two  saving 
pieces  from  a  thick,  firm  face  of  hide  ;  good,  close- 
grained  stuff  is  wasted  on  such  work  as  this,  the 
best  material,  as  a  rule,  being  that  from  the  face 
of  a  gear  hide.  Cut  the  pieces  7  in. 
long,  and  if  the  back-band  is  to  be 
4  in.  wide,  make  the  pieces  5  in  wide. 
Cut  one  end  slanting  to  4  in.,  of  the 
same  width  as  the  back-band,  and 
shave  it.  Round  ofl"  the  corners  of 
the  other  end,  leaving  it  the  full  ^jjf^^'f  ^i^ji^f 
width  ;  black  and  crease  the  edges. 
Put  the  hooks  in  their  places  and  the  saving  pieces  under 
them  about  \\  in.  lower  down  than  the  extremity  of  the 
hook  ;  tack  them  down  exactly  in  the  centre.  Hav- 
ing marked  and  pricked  the  back-band  with  four 
rows  running  from  the  hook  upwards  to  the  end  of 
the  saving  pieces,  stitch  with  a  four-cord  thread, 
nine  or  ten  stitches  per  inch,  and  then  stitch  a 
line  across  close  to  the  hook  to  bind  all  together. 
Now  the  back-band  is  in  working  order. 

The  plough  back-band,  with  chains  instead  of 
hooks,  is  made  in  exactly  the  same  manner,  but 
when  there  is  only  one  chain  and  a  bar  across  in 
the  bend  to  hold  it,  a  hole  must  be  cut  in  the  centre 
of  the  bend  for  the  passage  of  the  chain.  For  two 
chains  and  a  bar  make  two  holes  ;  the  saving  pieces 
can  be  made  a  little  narrower  with  chains,  and  the 
body  of  the  back-band  need  not  be  so  long  in  pro- 


iio  Harness  Making. 

portion  to  the  length  of  the  chains.  As  a  guide  in 
determining  the  length  of  the  body,  whatever  may 
be  the  length  of  the  chains  or  hooks,  it  should  be 
remembered  that  the  length  of  the  back-band  over 
all  must  be  about,  4  ft.  4  in. 

Couplings  are  also  a  necessary  part  of  plough 
gear.  In  some  localities  only  cross-straps  are  em- 
ployed from  mouth  to  mouth  when  ploughing  in 
pairs.  Cut  the  strap  1  in.  wide  and  28  in.  to  30  in. 
long,  turn  it  in  about  1  in.  at  each  end,  and  make 
a  hole  for  the  buckle,  and  shave  the  points.  Take 
two  billets  of  the  same  width,  1  ft.  long,  and  trim 
them  to  a  point  at  one  end,  shaving  the  other  ;  then 
edge  back,  and  crease  them ;  place  the  buckle  in, 
and  then  the  thin  end,  2  in.  down  at  the  back  of  the 
buckle.  Put  a  loop  between  the  chape  by  the  buckle 
and  stitch  one  billet  and  buckle  at  each  end; 
punch  two  holes  in  each  billet. 

Sometimes  two  coupling  straps  are  employed  for 
a  pair :  the  straps  cross  each  other  from  the  hames 
of  each  horse  to  the  mouth  of  the  other.  They  are 
made  to  the  first  style,  but  longer,  being  38  in.  in 
length,  each  with  12-in.  billets  ;  in  some  cases  they 
are  made  a  foot  longer  than  this,  the  coupling  being 
cut  into  two,  one  end  15  in.  long  with  a  buckle 
and  loop,  and  the  other  made  to  buckle  on,  with 
numerous  holes  for  adjusting  the  length.  This  is 
a  very  convenient  method,  for  when  a  young  horse 
is  coupled  with  an  old  one,  the  coupling  must  be 
shortened  on  the  side  of  the  former  animal  to  keep 
it  back  until  it  has  learned  the  ordinary  working 
pace. 


Ill 


CHAPTER  X. 


BITS,   SPUES,   STIRRUPS,  AND  HARNESS  FURNITURE. 

Bits,  their  patterns  and  materials,  will  now  be  con- 
sidered. Bits  are  made  in  polished  iron,  tinned 
iron,  in  steel  of  various  qualities,  and  in  nickel. 
Nickel  is  as  expensive  as  good  steel,  but  does  not 


Fig.  100. 


Ficr.  107, 


Ficrs.  ion  and  107.— Pelham  Bits. 

tarnish  so  soon,  and  when  worn  still  continues  to 
take  a  good  polish. 

Some  of  the  more  expensive  kinds  of  bits  have 


D 


Fig.  108. 

Fig.  108.— Pelham  Bit.     Fig.  101>. 
Fis".  110. — Bridoon. 


Fig.   101). 
-Hackney  Bit. 


ornamented  and  silver-plated  cheeks  ;  this  is  especi- 
ally the  case  with  carriage,  military,  and  riding 
bits. 


112 


Harness  Making. 


Biding  bits  are  snaffles  for  a  single  head  bridle 
and  rein,  hence  their  name  snaffle  bridles.  Pelham 
bits  (Figs.  106  to  108)  are  used  for  single  head  bridle 
and  double  rein,  this  bridle  being  known  as  the 


Fig.  111. 

Figs.  Ill  and  112. 


Fig.  112. 
Ladies"  Horse  Bits. 


Pelham.  The  Hackney  bit  (Fig.  109)  has  a  bridoon 
(Fig.  110),  that  is,  the  bit  has  only  a  mouthpiece 
and  a  ring  at  each  end  with  a  jointed  bar.  This  bit 
is   used   for   the   Weymouth   bridle,    which   has   a 


Fig.  113.  Fig.  lU. 

Fig.  113. — Pelham  Snaffle  with  Indiarubber  Mouth. 
Fig.   111. — Hacknev  Bit  with  Indiarubber  Mouth. 


Curb 


s  are 


used 


double  head  and  a  double  rein, 
w^ith  the  two  bits  last  mentioned. 

Bits  for  horses  to  be  ridden  by  ladies  are  shown 
by  Figs.  Ill  and  112.     They  are  on  the  same  prin- 


Birs^  Spuks,  Stirrups^  and  Furniture.    113 


ciple  as  those  previously  mentioned,  but  are  lighter 
and  more  fanciful,  many  of  them  being  ornamented 
about  the  cheeks.  The  Pelham  snaffle  (Fig.  113) 
and  the  Hackney  bit  (Fig.   114),  with  indiarubber 


Fig. 


115.— Gig  Snafflo.     Fig.  116.— Wilson  Snafflo. 


mouths,  can  be  had  for  tender-mouthed  horses,  and 
double  or  twisted  or  smooth-mouthed  bits  can  be 
had  for  vicious  or  quiet  horses  as  required. 

Driving  bits  are  commonly  gig  snaffles  (Fig.  115) ; 
Wilson  snaffles  (Fig.  116)  have  rings  at  each  end  and 
two  loose  rings  on  the  mouthpiece,  one  of  which  is 


Fig. 


Fig.  117.  Fig.  119. 

117.— Liverpool  Bit.     Fig.  118.— G-lobe  Cheek  Curb 
Bit.     Fig.  119.— One-horn  Bridoon  Bit. 


buckled  to  the  bridle  cheek  ;  the  outer  ring  on  each 
side  is  for  the  driving  rein,  but  sometimes  the  rein 
billet  is  put  through  both  rings  at  the  same  time, 
Wilson    snaffles    can    be    obtained    bar    jointed, 


H 


114 


Harness  Making. 


tv/isted,  or  smooth-mouth.     The  Liverpool  bit  (Fig. 
117)  has  a  curb  cheek,  and  a  straight  or  solid  bar 


Fig.  120.— One-horned  Bridoon 
with  Indiarubber  Mouth. 


Fig.  121.— Gig  Curb 
Bit. 


mouth  with  the  mouth  bar  loose  on  the  cheek.  The 
Globe  cheek  curb  bit  (Fig.  118)  has  a  ring  at  the 
bottom  of  the  cheek  to  which  the  mouthpiece  is 
attached  instead  of  being  loose  as  in  the  Liverpool 


Fig.  123. 


Fig.  124. 


Fig.  122. 


Fi-.   12; 


Fig.  122.— Buxton  Bit.     Fvr,  123.— Swivelled  Bridoon  Bit. 
Figs.  124  and  125. — Breaking  Bits. 

bit.  A  ^'  one-horn  bridoon  "  (Fig.  119),  with  one  ring 
at  each  side  and  either  a  solid  or  a  jointed  mouth, 


Bits,  Spurs,  Stirrups,  and  Furniture.    115 

sometimes  has  a  leather  or  indiarubber  mouth  (see 
Fig.  120). 

Gig  curb  bits  (Fig.   121)  have  the  billet  of  the 


Fig.  126. — Breaking: 
Bit. 


Fio-.   127.— Snaffle  with 
Indiarubber  Mouth. 


bridle  fastened  to  the  top  of  the  cheek,  with  cheeks 
on  the  lower  side  to  which  the  reins  are  fastened. 

The  carriage  bit  most  in  use  is  the  Buxton  bit 
(Fig.  122),  which  has  a  bend  in  the  cheek  below  the 


Fig.  128. 


Fig.  129. 


Figs.  128  and  129.— Exercising  Bits. 

mouthpiece,  and  a  bar  across  at  the  bottom  from 
one  side  of  the  cheek  to  the  other,  the  solid  mouth- 
piece having  a  port  in  the  centre  ;  this  is  a  smart 
and  very  powerful  curb  bit,  but  it  is  being  super- 


Fig.  130.— Show  or  StalHon  Bit. 

seded  by  the  Liverpool  bit.  A  swivelled  bridoon 
(Fig.  123),  as  sometimes  used  with  the  ordinary 
driving  bit,  has  the  bearing  rein  running  from  the 
hames  down  through  the  swivel  and  up  to  a  strap 
stitched  between  the  two  slit  straps  of  the  head- 


I II 


Harness  MakixG. 


strap.  Breaking  bits  (Figs.  124  to  126)  are  special 
kinds  of  patent  bits.  Fig.  127  is  an  indiarubber 
mouth  snaffle ;  Figs.  128  and  129  are  exercising 
bits  ;  Fig.  130  is  a  show  or  stallion  bit ;  and  Fig.  131 
is  a  double-mouthed  snaffle. 


Fig-.  131. — Double-mouthed  Snaffle. 

On  the  subject  of  spurs,  very  little  need  be  said. 
Besides  ordinary  pattern  spurs  (Fig.  132),  there  are 
officers'  regulation  spurs  (Fig.  133),  dress  spurs 
(Fig.  134),  ladies'  spurs  (Fig.  135),  trousers  spurs 
(Fig.    136\   and  box   spurs.       The  last-named  are 


134. 


Fig.  133.  Fig. 

132.— Ordinary  Spur.     Fig.  133. — Officer's  Regulation 
Spur.     Fig,  131. — Dress  Spur. 

fastened  to  the  heel  of  the  boot  by  a  spring  inserted 
in  a  steel  box  inside  the  heel.  Like  screw  spurs, 
which  screw  into  a  hole  in  the  heel,  they  may  be 
taken  off  at  will.     Spurs  are  made  in  polished  steel 


Bits,  Spurs,  Stirrups,  axd  Furxiture,    117 


and  brass,  some  being  silver-plated.     The  saddler 
must  have  a  supply  of  spur  rowels  for  repairing 


spurs. 


Stirrups  may  be  solid  (Fig.  137),  three  bar  or  open 


Fig.  135. 
T\'x.  135. 


Fig.  137. 

-Lady's  Spur.     Fig.  136.— Trousers  Spur. 
Fig.  137. — Solid  Stirrup. 


bottom  (Fig.  138),  or  they  may  be  of  the  waving  bar 
pattern  (Fig.  139).  They  vary  greatly  in  weight 
according  to  the  purpose  for  which  they  are  re- 
quired, and  are  made  of  polished  steel  and  of  plated 
brass  or  silver.  Ladies'  stirrups  (Fig.  140)  are  of 
various  patterns,  some  having  pads  to  protect  the 


Fig.  138. — Open  Bottom  Stirrup. 


Fig. 


139.— Wavinsr  Bar 


Stirrup.     Fig.  140.— Lady's  Stirrup. 

foot,  others  having  foot  plates  of  the  same  shape 
as  the  foot ;  others,  again,  have  slippers  (Fig.  141). 
Safety  stirrups  (Fig.  142)  both  for  ladies  and  gentle- 


it8 


Hakxess  Making. 


men  are  made  so  that  if  the  rider  falls  or  is  thrown 
off  the  horse  the  stirrups  spring  open  and  release 
the  rider's  feet.  Thus  the  danger  of  being  dragged 
along  the  ground  by  the  horse  is  obviated. 


Ficr.  141.— Stirrup  Slipper. 


Fig:.  U2.— Safety 
Stirrup. 


Some  particulars  will  now  be  given  of  harness, 
furniture.     First  the  material  will  be  touched  upon. 

Japanned  iron  furniture  is  strong  and  durable, 
and  has  a  fairly  good  appearance  when  new,  but 
the  japan  soon  wears  off  and  allows  the  iron  to  get 
rusty.  Common  iron  buckles,  covered  with  leather, 
are  also  used,  but  not  so  extensively  as  they  were 
formerly.  The  iron  soon  rusts,  and  the  rust  affects 
the  leather  and  causes  it  to  crumble  off,  giving  a 


Fio-.  143.  Flo-.  144.  Fijr.  145.  Fig.  US. 

Yir.  143.— Flat  Side  Wire  Front  Buckle.     Fijr.  144.— Wire 

^Front   Bevelled   Buckle.     Figf.   145.— Bevelled  Flat  Top 

Buckle.     Fig.  146.— West  End  Bevelled  Flat  Top  Buckle. 

very  shabby  appearance  to  the  rest  of  the  set  of 
harness. 

Brass  furniture  is  largely  used,  and  it  is  got  up  in 
many  qualities  and  styles  of  finish.     The  best  brass 


BiTS^  Spurs,  Stirrups,  and  Furniture.    119 


does  not  tarnish  nearly  so  soon  as  common  brass, 
and,  of  course,  has  a  good  appearance  when  clean. 
Partly  covered  brass  or  plated  furniture  is  also 
sometimes  used,   the  buckles  being  covered  with 


^ 

T^ 

1  li 
1! 

^i! 

i 

1 11 

;  i 

hi 

'  1 

[J 

J 

% 

m 

:^ 

Fig.  U7. 


Fi?.  140. 


Fis:.  i.-o. 


Fig.  148. 

Fi?.  147.— Spade  Buckle.  Fig.  14S.— Square  Wire  Buckle. 
Fig.  149.— Chatham  Buckle.  Fig.  150.— Flat  Top 
Turned-up  Buckle. 


leather  about  half-way  up  the  sides,  leaving  the  top 
and  a  little  of  the  side  bare.  This  looks  very  well, 
and  is  more  durable  than  iron-covered  buckles,  as 
the  brass-  or  silver-plate  does  not  destroy  the 
leather  so  soon  as  iron  ;  partly  covered  furniture  is, 
however,  very  awkward  to  clean. 

Buckles  are  occasionally  covered  with  celluloid  ; 
sometimes  this  only  partly  covers  the  brass,  alu- 


Fig.  151. 


Fig.  152. 


Fig.  153. 


Fig.  154. 


Fif.  151.— Fluted  Buckle.  Fig.  152.— Swelled  Front  Bent- 
leg  Buckle.  Fig.  153.— Flat  Top  Cab  Buckle.  Fig.  154. 
—West  End  Whole  Buckle. 

minium,  or  gold-plated  buckle,  and  it  then  looks 
very  rich.  The  celluloid-covered  article  is  made  in 
imitation  of  the  leather-covered  buckle  ;  it  is  dur- 
able, and  does  not  require  much  cleaning,  the  occa- 


120 


ITarxess  Making. 


sional  application  of  a  wet  sponge  being  sufficient. 
Celluloid  IS  more  commonly  used  in  America  than 
in  this  country.  It  is  a  very  inflammable  material, 
and  will  break  if  given  a  hard  knock  or  if  allowed 
to  fall. 


Figr 


Fig.  155.  Fig. 

155.— Chased  Buckle.     Fig.    156.— Melbourne  Buckle. 
Fig.  157.— West  End  Square  Buckle. 


Nickel  furniture  looks  well,  but  costs  a  little  more 
than  brass.  Nickoline,  white  metal,  or  Victoria 
metal  furniture  costs  about  the  same  as  brass ;  all 
three  look  well  when  cleaned,  but  quickly  tarnish. 
Plated  furniture  is  used  on  superior  harness  ;  it  can 
be  bought  in  different  qualities,  being  plated  with 
silver,  white  metal,  German  silver,  or  nickel. 

Of  course,  the  hames  and  the  buckle  tongues  are 


Fig.  158. 


Fir.  159. 


Fijr.  160. 


Fig.  161, 


Figs.  158  and  159.— Covered  Buckles.     Figs.  160  and  161.— 

Part-covered  Buckles. 

of  iron,  plated  in  whatever  metal  the  rest  of  the 
furniture  is  made  ;  they  have  to  be  of  iron  to  with- 
stand the  strain  to  which  they  are  subjected.  In 
ordering,  it  is  necessary  to  state  whether  plated 


Bits,  Spurs,  Stirrups,  axd  Furniture.    121 


h:imes  are  required  of  the  same  material  as  the 
i'arniture,  and  whether  the  latter  is  brass,  silver- 
plated,   etc.     The  pattern  of  buckle  required  will 


Fi^.  162. 


Fij?.  164. 


Fig.  163. 


Fig.  165. 


Fig.  162.— Shaft  Tug  Buckle.     Fig.  163.— Burgess's  Buckle. 
Fig.  164.— Ball  Terret.     Fig.  I60.— Plain  Terret. 

make   a  little   difference   in   the   price ;   the   wire- 
shaped  pattern  is  the  one  mostly  used. 


122 


Harness  Making. 


There  are  so  many  patterns  in  gig  and  carriage 
furniture  that  it  is  impossible  to  mention  them  all. 


Fig.  166.  Fig.  167. 

Figs.  166  and  167.— Ball  Terrets. 

Attention  will  be  directed,  however,  to  some  of  the 
most  useful  patterns  of  buckles.  The  flat  side  wire 
front  (Fig.  143,  p.  118),  the  w4re  front  bevelled  (Fig. 


Fig.  16S.-Ball  Terret. 

144),  the  bevelled  flat  top  (Fig.  1-15),  the  West  End 
flat  top  wire  (Fig.  146),  and  the  spade  pattern  (Fig. 


Bits,  Spurs,  Stirrups,  axd  Furxiture.    123 


147,  p.  119)  are  all  very  neat  buckles.  Square  wire 
buckles  (Fig.  148)  on  light  gig  harness  look  very 
well.     The  Chatham  (Fig.  119),  flat  top  turned  up 


Fig.  1G9. 


Fig.  170.         Fig.  171. 
Figs.  169  to  172.— "'lames. 


Fig.  172. 


(Fig.  150),  and  fluted  (Fig.  151),  are  very  strong 
buckles  for  cab  harness,  as  are  also  the  swelled 
front  bent  leg  (Fig.  152),  and  side  and  flat  top  cab 


Fi?.  173. 


Fig.  174. 


Figs.  173  and  174. — Bearing-rein  Swivels. 

(Fig.  153)  buckles.  The  West  End  whole  buckle  is 
shown  by  Fig.  154  ;  it  looks  very  neat  for  any  fancy 
harness.  "  Chased  "  (Fig.  155,  p.  120),  "  Melbourne  " 


124 


Harness  Making, 


n 


(Fig.  156),  or  "  West  End  square/'  or  "  square  wire 
(Fig.  157)  whole  buckles,  are  all  very  showy  and 
smart  when  worked  up.  Figs.  158  and  159  are  cov- 
ered buckles,  and  Figs.  169  and  161  part-covered 
buckles. 

There  are  many  different  kinds  of  shaft  tug 
buckles  ;  that  shown  by  Fig.  162  (p.  121)  is  a  good 
pattern,  as  is  also  Burgess's  patent  buckle  (Fig.  163). 

The  terrets  (Figs.  164  to  168)  for  the  reins  to 
run  through  on  the  saddle  and  hames  (Figs.  169  to 
172),  as  w^ell  as  the  bearing-rein  swivels  (Figs.  173 
and  174)  and  all  parts  of  the  set  of  furniture,  are  of 
a  pattern  conforming  with  that  of  the  buckles. 


Fig.  175. 
Figs. 


175  and  17G. — Roller  Buckles 


Cart-harness  furniture  may  be  of  galvanised  or 
japanned  iron,  w^ith  buckles  of  brass  or  white  metal. 
All  the  brass  patterns  illustrated  are  known  as 
Scotch  gear  buckles.  Cart  fancy-brass  breeching 
loops  may  be  used  instead  of  leather  ones  for 
bridgeband  carriers  and  bridle  cheeks. 

Fly-terrets  are  much  used  as  ornaments  on  the 
top  of  the  bridle  between  the  ears  of  the  horse, 
being  either  screwed  down  into  a  socket  or  riveted 
in  place.  Brass  face-pieces  for  the  front  of  the 
bridles  on  the  forehead  can  be  obtained  in  numerous 
patterns. 

Hame  plates,  to  be  put  between  the  tw^o  points  of 
the  hames  or  jambles  above  the  collar,  look  very 


Bits,  Spcrs,  Stirrups,  axd  Furxituke.    125 


well  with  a  strap  across  from  side  to  side  as  a  fas- 
tening. 

Cart  hames  are  either  wholly  or  partly  covered 
with  iron,  and  generally  take  their  names  from  the 
district  in  which  the  particular  pattern  is  mostly 
used.  Thus  there  are  the  Manchester,  Lancashire, 
Irish,  and  Yorkshire  hames.  Cart  bits,  together 
with  their  fittings,  are  always  firmly  attached  to  the 
bridle,  and  are  made  either  of  tinned  or  japanned 


Fig.  178. 


Finr.  177. 


Fis:.  179. 


Fig.  177. — Hame  Clip.     Figs.  173  and  179.— Breeching  Dees. 

iron.  They  may  be  straight  and  jointed,  or 
twisted. 

Chains,  such  as  backhand,  crupper,  or  hip  strap 
chains,  and  watering  chains  for  bridle  reins,  and 
plough  backhand  hooks  or  chains,  are  all  wanted 
in  making  up  a  set.  Others  necessary  are  : — Leader 
backhand  chains,  cheek  chains  for  the  end  of  lead- 
ing rein,  bridgeband  chains,  and  chains  for  the 
bellyband,  instead  of  billets,  to  go  round  the  shafts. 

Riding  bridle  buckles  range  in  width  from  |  in. 
to  1  in.     Stirrup  leather  buckles  are  also  a  special 


126  JIakxess  Making. 

line,  being  from  1^  in.  to  1^  in.  in  width.  Saddle 
girth  buckles  are  1  in.  wide.  Roller  buckles  (Figs. 
175  and  176,  p.  124)  vary  in  size  from  |  in.  to  1|  in., 
and  are  largely  used  on  all  kinds  of  leather  w^ork. 
Head-stall  or  head-collar  buckles  range  in  size  from 
\\  in.  to  \\  in.  ;  some  have  the  collar  attached,  to 
which  is  fastened  the  throat  lash. 

The  following  buckles  must  also  be  kept  ready  to 
hand : —  D-buckles  for  use  on  small  straps  ;  and 
japanned  legging  buckles,  in  sizes  ranging  from  \  in. 
to  I  in.  Head-collar  stop  squares,  for  making 
and  repairing  head-collars,  must  also  be  stocked,  as 
well  as  tinned  and  brass  rings  of  different  sizes,  for 
making  head-collars  and  for  miscellaneous  repairs. 
Brass,  tin,  and  plated  dees  will  be  necessary  for 
making  and  repairing  dog  collars,  and  for  holding 
coat  straps  on  riding  saddles,  etc.  They  range  in 
size  from  |  in.  to  1^  in. 

Belt,  brace,  and  garter  buckles  may  often  be 
Vvanted,  and  2  lb.  or  3  lb.  of  buckle  tongues  for  re- 
pairing old  buckles  should  also  be  obtained  in  all 
sizes  and  strengths.  Strong  double-pronged  buckles 
may  be  wanted  from  1^  in.  to  2  in.  There  may  also 
be  occasion  to  use  harness  buckles  of  all  sizes, 
patterns,  and  material,  saddle  terrets,  hame  clips 
(Fig.  177),  various  kinds  of  nails,  breeching  and 
bearing-rein  rings,  breeching  dees  (Figs.  178  and 
179),  and  rivets  for  clips,  etc. 


127 


CHAPTER  XI. 

VAN  AND  CAB  HA11NE33. 

The  making  of  a  set  of  gig  harness  is  described  in 
the  companion  volume  "  Saddlery.''  Van  harness 
for  heavy  work  requires  a  set  of  furniture,  includ- 
ing buckles,  hames,  and  chains,  and  a  van  saddle- 
tree. The  furniture  should  be  of  brass,  nickel,  or 
silver.  Burgess's  patent  tug  buckles  (Fig.  163,  p. 
121)  can  be  recommended  for  shaft  tugs. 

A  pair  of  winker  plates  of  any  pattern  (see  Figs. 
180  and  181)  are  necessary  to  make  the  winkirrs. 
Beginning  with  the  w^inkers,  cut  the  leather  about 
i  in.  wider  than  the  plate  all  round,  except  at  the 
back,  where  it  must  be  |  in.  wider.  If  patent 
leather  is  used,  make  a  line  all  round  the  edge,  and 
another  about  ^  in.  from  it,  and  race  a  line  across, 
1^  in.  from  the  back  part,  from  one  end  of  the  inner 
line  to  the  end  of  the  other  ;  of  course,  the  other 
lines  must  not  be  brought  nearer  than  this  to  the 
back.  Prick  along  the  lines,  about  eleven  per  inch, 
and  single  stitch  the  inner  line  all  round  the  four 
sides,  through  the  leather,  employing  black  linen 
thread  double,  vvith  tw^o  needles. 

Cut  the  lining  to  the  same  size  as  the  top,  but 
lightly  stuffed  and  with  little  oil  in  ;  put  the  top 
on  it  and  stitch  all  round  three  sides,  leaving  the 
back  open.  Put  the  leather  in  water  and  wet  it 
thoroughly,  and  then,  having"  opened  out  the  two 
leathers  with  the  hand,  put  a  good  coat  of  paste  on 
both  of  the  inner  sides  by  the  aid  of  a  spoon  or 
other  convenient  implement. 

Push  in  the  winker  plate  front  to  front ;  but  if 
the  front  is  round  cornered,  it  must,  of  course,  be 


128  J:IaK.V£SS   MaKIXG. 

put  in  first.  Push  in  the  pieces  until  they  lie 
square  in  the  leather  and  close  to  the  front 
stitches  ;  then  rub  the  top  and  the  lining  down  to 
the  sheet  iron,  being  careful  to  make  the  lining 
stick  well  to  the  sheet. 

Place  the  winker  on  a  board,  lining  underneath, 
and  tack  down  each  of  the  hind  corners,  and  if 
necessary,  the  middle  ;  then  put  some  paper  or  rags 
between  the  winker  and  the  board  so  as  to  keep  the 
lining  up  to  the  sheet.  When  quite  dry  and  per- 
fectly adhering,  remove  them  from  the  board,  trim 
the  edges,  finish  and  polish  well. 

The  collar  is  made  practically  in  the  same  way 
as  a  cart  collar.  The  f orewale  must  be  turned  down 
2  in.,  that  is  4  in.  altogether,  and  instead  of  whip- 
ping the  basil  lining  in  as  previously  described,  cut 
it  a  little  smaller,  and  stitch  it  in  at  the  same  time 
as  the  forewale  ;  tack  it  down  in  such  a  manner 
that  when  the  lining  is  turned  over  to  stuff  the 
body,  the  stitches  will  not  be  visible.  Take  a 
pattern  (see  Fig.  96,  p.  79)  and  let  the  lining 
overlap  in  the  centre  of  the  forewale  for  quite  2  in. 
Stitching  is  done  as  for  a  cart  collar,  both  for  the 
forewale  and  the  drawing  in  the  body,  but  the  last 
must  not  be  so  big  and  clumsy. 

In  making  and  setting  the  top  piece,  no  stitches 
should  appear  in  front  other  than  the  cross  row  ; 
the  top  piece  must  not  be  joined  downwards  as  in 
the  other.  Turn  in  the  bottom  of  the  top  piece  for 
\  in.  across,  and  stitch  a  line  w^ith  black  linen 
thread  \  in.  from  the  edge  to  keep  the  turn  in  its 
place.  Damp  the  top  piece,  put  it  across  the  front, 
and  draw  it  tight,  putting  a  tack  in  both  sides  ;  then 
make  it  overlap  at  the  top  centre  of  the  back  so 
as  to  obtain  a  good  point  to  hold  the  hame  strap  in 
place  ;  then  stitch  all  round  the  hollow^ 

Cut  the  side  piece  close  along  the  sides  of  the 
body  to  fit  tight  by  the  forewale.  Then  take  a 
piece  of  soft  thin  leather  binding  \\  in.  wide,  damp 


Fa IV  AND  Cab  Harness. 


129 


it,  and  place  it  edge  to  edge  with  the  outside  of  the 
side  piece,  tacking  it  down.  Having  stitched  the 
side  piece,  putting  a  small  welt  at  the  joint  at  the 
bottom,  and  shaving  a  little  round  the  edges,  stitch 
the  binding  and  side  piece  together  around  the 
edge  with  black  linen  thread,  about  seven  stitches 
per  inch.  Run  a  piece  of  twine  along  the  stitches 
round  the  rim,  and  turn  down  the  binding  over  the 
twine  towards  the  inside,  being  careful  to  keep  the 
twine  in  place.  Mark  a  line  and  prick  it,  about 
eight  per  inch,  and  |  in.  from  the  edge  ;  then  stitch 
the  binding  down  below  the  twine.  The  last  must 
be  in  one  piece  with  4  in.  or  5  in.  to  spare  at  each 
end. 

Damp  the  side  piece  and  adjust  it ;  tack  it  with 


;; 
ii 

-  - 

-"-  - 

.--■.  < 

:; 

<l 

'."T  ^ 

---•. 

-  r  .•.- 

7:^ 

Fig.  180. 


Fior.  181. 


Figs.  180  and  181.— ^Yinkers. 


an  awl  at  the  bottom  and  draw  it  tight  at  the  top. 
Now  wax  a  piece  of  collar  twine,  about  18  in.  longer 
than  is  necessary  to  pass  round  the  collar,  and 
begin  to  stitch  the  side  piece  in  at  the  top  on  the 
off  side,  running  the  stitches  through  the  binding 
close  to  the  stitching  and  through  the  lining  at 
every  other  stitch.  The  stitches  may  be  about  2  in. 
long ;  draw  them  tight  while  working,  and  be  care- 
ful that  the  side  piece  is  in  its  proper  position,  with 
both  sides  equally  level.  Fasten  the  thread  after 
stitching  the  side  piece  all  round.  Take  hold  of 
the  hanging  ends  of  the  twine  which  has  been  run 
along  the  binding  inside,  and  pull  them  well  to 
draw  down  the  edges  of  the  side-piece  along  the 
side  of  the  body ;  then  knot  and  fasten  them  to- 


130  Harness  Making. 

gether.  Draw  in  the  side  piece  at  the  forewale  as 
with  the  cart  collar,  using  only  thread  or  very  fine 
white  lace. 

A  layer  of  old  carpet  may  be  placed  on  the 
stitches  next  to  the  body  under  the  side  piece  to 
give  the  sides  smoothness  and  roundness.  Fasten 
the  two  side  pieces  together  at  the  top  by  stitch- 
ing over  from  one  to  the  other  w4th  the  collar 
needle. 

A  small  housing  to  cover  the  top  of  the  collar 
must  be  cut,  almost  half-round  in  shape,  but  with 
slightly  widening  points  and  a  V-shaped  notch  on 
the  side  next  the  collar  for  the  points  to  pass,  one 
on  each  side  of  the  top  piece  ;  bring  it  down  close 
to  the  forewale.  It  may  be  bound  in  the  same 
style  as  the  side  piece,  stitched  fast  edge  to  edge 
with  the  binding,  the  latter  being  then  turned  and 
a  line  stitched  round  a  short  distance  from  the 
edges ;  about  |  in.  below  that  another  row  of 
stitches  is  made  all  round.  The  point  on  the  out- 
side of  the  body  must  not  project  more  than  about 
5  in. 

Plain  or  patent  leather  can  be  employed  to 
make  the  collar  and  winkers  ;  patent  leather  must 
always  be  marked  for  stitching  with  the  race  com- 
pass, and  a  groove  cut  so  that  the  patent  will  be 
raced  off  and  the  line  quite  visible.  This  kind  of 
leather,  when  used  to  make  the  collar  forewale, 
must  be  lined  v.'ith  calico  to  prevent  it  cracking. 

The  van  saddle  (Fig.  182)  is  the  next  part  to  be 
made.  The  tree  is  a  miniature  cart-saddle  tree, 
with  similar  boards  and  groove.  The  plates  to  be 
put  in  the  point  of  the  groove  where  the  backhand 
runs  through  may  be  nickel  or  brass  to  match  the 
furniture.  Begin  vv^ork  by  fixing  the  terrets  and 
bearing-rein  stand  hook  on  the  tree.  Take  off  the 
sockets  which  are  attached  to  the  screws,  and  see 
that  they  are  of  the  proper  length  to  reach  over 
the  groove  of  the  tree  from  side  to  side ;  file  them 


Van  a. yd  Cab  Harness. 


J-3I- 


down  to  the  width  of  the  tree  if  they  are  too  long. 
Place  the  stand-hook  socket  exactly  in  the  centre 
at  the  top,  and  mark  its  position  on  each  side  and 
end. 

Cut  out  a  hollow  at  the  mark  deep  enough  for 
the  socket  to  enter  and  lie  flush  with  the  surface, 
and  drive  a  small  screw  through  each  socket  into 
the  tree.  The  terret  sockets  are  fixed  in  the  same 
manner,  being  sunk  level  and  screwed  down,  about 
3^  in.  lower  than  the  stand  hook  on  each  side. 

Cut  two  pieces  of  thin  leather,  either  plain  or 
patent,  to  the  same  shape  as  each  side  of  the  tree 


Fig.  182. 


Fig.  182.— Van  Saddle 
Fig 


Fig.  18J. 

.     Fig.  183.— Van  Saddle  Flap. 
181.— Van  Saddle  Panel. 


and  about  1  in.  larger  each  way.  Damp  them  and 
make  a  nick  at  the  top  of  the  boards  in  the  leather 
so  that  the  centre  of  the  piece  will  turn  down 
underneath.  Tack  each  end  of  the  leather  to  the 
board  close  to  the  tree,  then  pull  it  tightly  along 
the  entire  surface  of  the  side  over  the  top,  nailing 
it  here  and  there.  Level  it  down  on  the  surface 
of  the  tree,  and  tack  the  centre  part  between  the 
boards  underneath  the  tree,  pulling  it  tight  and  flat 
over  all  parts. 

To  make  the  flaps,  cut  out  a  paper  pattern  as  a 
guide  (see  Fig.   183),   making  it  wider  at  the  top 


132  Har.^e^s  MAicim. 

than  at  the  other  parts  and  slightly  raised  in  front. 
The  flaps  must  reach  down  from  the  lower  part  of 
the  groove  in  the  centre  for  about  15  in.,  swelling 
slightly  at  the  sides  and  gradually  narrowing  to 
about  2  in.  at  the  bottom.  The  patterns  may  also 
be  cut  straight  without  the  swelling  sides,  but  in 
both  styles  they  must  rise  in  front  more  than  at  the 
back ;  as  they  are  cut  in  two  pieces,  one  for  each 
side,  this  can  easilj^  be  managed,  because  when 
they  are  joined  at  the  top  this  part  will  stand  out 
prominently  in  front. 

Some  flaps  are  made  with  stout  firm  leather, 
others  are  lined.  In  the  first  case,  make  two  rows 
along  the  sides  with  the  race  compass  and  bevel 
deep  with  a  hot  bevel ;  but  patent  leather,  instead 
of  needing  the  race  compass,  has  tallow  rubbed 
along  the  part  to  be  creased  and  the  lines  are 
marked  with  the  compass ;  then  run  a  warm 
beveller  deep  along  the  marks,  being  careful  that 
it  does  not  cut  the  leather. 

When  patent  or  plain  leather  is  lined,  use  the 
race  compass  and  prick  the  grooves  for  stitching. 
When  stitched  (or  made  without  lining),  cut  and 
polish  the  edges  well  and  join  them  with  a  stitch  at 
the  top  ;  place  a  piece  of  leather  over  the  joint  at 
the  front  about  1^  in.  wide,  and  stitch  it  on  both 
sides  of  the  joint  and  across  the  front ;  then  shave 
it  thin  at  the  side  next  the  tree.  A  dee,  of  brass  or 
other  metal,  is  placed  on  the  outside  for  fastening 
the  crupper.  Cover  the  joint  at  the  back  with 
another  piece  of  leather,  turning  it  down  on  the 
outside  and  shaving  the  other  end  thin.  These 
pieces  should  be  long  enough  on  both  sides  to  pass 
under  the  tree  when  the  flaps  are  nailed.  On  these 
the  tree  is  placed  centre  to  centre  and  front  to 
front,  and  a  line  is  marked  along  the  sides  of  the 
tree  from  board  to  board  on  the  leather. 

Make  a  mark  at  the  lower  side  of  the  board  to 
indicate  the  width  of  the  tree  there,  and  the  width 


Van  and  Cab  Harness.  133 

of  the  wood  on  both  sides  of  the  groove.  Note 
that  this  must  be  marked  at  the  bottom  side  of  the 
boards,  four  marks  being  made  at  each  end  of  the 
tree,  outside  and  inside  the  wood  on  each  side  of 
the  groove. 

At  this  point  take  away  tlie  tree,  and  cut  a  slit 
from  the  outer  lower  mark  to  the  point  of  the  one 
running  along  the  side  of  the  tree  ;  there  will  then 
be  two  slits  of  the  width  of  the  board,  one  on  each 
side  of  the  tree.  Now  cut  upwards  from  each  of 
the  two  inner  marks  at  the  bottom,  for  the  length 
of  the  other  cuts  and  equal  in  width  to  the  wood, 
on  both  sides  of  the  groove.  Then  cut  across  the 
top  of  each  incision  from  side  to  side  ;  there  will 
now  be  one  cross  cut  and  four  cuts  upward,  and  a 
portion  along  the  centre.  Cut  the  middle  piece 
between  the  four  slits  at  each  end  about  1^  in.  from 
the  bottom,  and  shave  the  points  ;  now  cut  the  two 
narrow  strips  at  each  end  to  the  same  length. 

The  middle  piece,  unless  there  are  plates,  is 
nailed  along  the  groove  with  the  narrow  cuts  under- 
neath. Place  flaps  over  the  top  and  make  the 
edges  of  the  centre  slit  meet  at  the  centre  of  the 
tree  below.  Nail  the  flaps  down  along  the  edge 
of  the  tree,  putting  four  or  five  extra  nails  opposite 
the  crupper  loop  in  its  chape.  When  there  is  no 
plate,  nail  the  centre  piece  in  the  bottom  along  the 
groove  ;  put  the  narrow  pieces  down  and  nail  them 
with  the  brass  beading,  making  sure  that  the  part 
of  the  flaps  over  the  boards  runs  close  to  the  tree  ; 
fasten  it  to  the  boards  with  four  or  five  tacks. 
Turn  the  centre  piece  down  like  the  narrow  ones, 
and  nail  it  to  the  board  at  each  end. 

Cut  a  top  cover  of  strong  leather  of  the  same 
width  as  the  tree  and  to  reach  to  within  2^  in.  from 
the  bottom,  so  that  there  will  be  an  opening  for  the 
backhand  ;  crease  it  across  both  ends  and  bevel  the 
creases  with  a  hot  iron,  or  line  both  ends  for  about 
2  in,  and  shave  the  inner  side  ;  then  make  two  rows 


'i3'4  Harness  Making. 

of  stitching  across  the  points.  Place  it  on  the  tree 
in  its  proper  position,  and  give  two  or  three  light 
taps  with  a  hammer  opposite  the  three  openings 
for  the  terrets  and  stand  hooks  in  the  sockets  ;  thus 
the  size  and  position  of  the  holes  is  marked  on  the 
cover. 

Holes,  of  the  same  dimensions  as  the  socket 
holes,  must  now  be  cut  in  the  cover,  and  this  nailed 
dow^n  on  both  sides  of  the  tree,  keeping  the  holes 
in  the  leather  exactly  opposite  those  for  the 
sockets.  A  strong  nail  must  be  driven  into  each 
corner  so  that  it  will  not  be  prized  up  by  the  back- 
band.  Take  a  piece  of  beading  long  enough  to  run 
along  the  top  on  each  side  and  go  down  underneath 
through  the  opening  opposite  the  narrow  cuts  in 
the  bottom ;  nail  the  beading  on  the  side  of  the 
boards  or  under  them,  securing  in  the  same  way 
the  narrow  turned-down  strip.  The  beading  should 
lie  close  to  the  leather  along  the  top  of  the  tree  ; 
drive  the  nails  for  the  beading  with  a  wooden 
mallet. 

The  saddle  is  now  ready  for  the  panel  (Fig.  184, 
p.  131),  the  back  of  which  must  be  cut  to  the  same 
size  as  the  flaps  ;  it  must  not  reach  quite  to  the  bot- 
tom ;  let  it  end,  say,  2  in.  from  it.  Basil  can  be 
employed  as  material,  and  if  this  is  light,  a  piece  of 
linen  can  be  pasted  inside,  or  a  narrow  slip  may  be 
pasted  along  the  edges.  When  dry,  see  again  that 
it  is  of  the  same  size  and  shape.  The  facing  must 
be  cut  about  \\  in.  wide,  and  of  the  same  length  as 
the  sides  of  the  panel ;  it  may  be  in  patent  or  plain 
leather  to  match  the  flaps. 

When  the  material  is  not  long  enough  it  may  be 
cut  into  two  parts  and  joined  at  the  centre  ;  it  is 
then  tacked  along  the  edges  and  stitched  for  about 
six  inches.  Rub  the  joint  down  as  flat  as  possible. 
Take  some  blue  serge  lining  or  collar  lining  and  lay 
it  out  smooth  on  the  bench,  and  place  the  panel 
back  on  it  inside  out ;  with  hemp,   tack  it  along 


Van  and  Cab  Harness.  135 

the  sides  to  the  lining,  cutting  the  latter  to  the 
same  shape  as  the  back,  but  wider  by  1|  in.  or  more 
on  both  sides  at  the  top.  The  lining  then  tapers 
to  exactly  the  same  width  as  the  base  at  the  ex- 
treme point.  Narrow  the  lining  at  the  gullet  and, 
just  at  the  back  in  the  centre  opposite  the  opening 
to  be  left,  turn  it  in  about  \  in.  ;  run  a  stitch  to 
keep  it  down,  and  then  w^iip  it  in  with  the  facing  " 
from  end  to  end  and  across  the  bottom,  employing 
black  linen  thread  and  a  pointed  needle  and 
thimble.     No  facing  is  placed  across  the  bottom. 

Now  turn  the  panel  inside  out  through  the  open- 
ing at  the  top  ;  the  joint  is  not  stitched  right  across, 
only  two  or  three  stitches  being  used  at  each  end. 
Some  piping  is  now  needed  to  run  round  the  facing 
to  make  both  sides  of  the  panel  front  stand  out 
round  and  straight. 

Sometimes  the  facing  is  made  of  straw  whipped 
round  with  hemp  until  it  is  hard  and  round  ;  some- 
times with  damp  brown  paper  rolled  with  both 
hands  on  the  bench  ;  or  a  simple  cord  of  light  twist 
may  be  employed,  and,  in  America,  cane.  In  har- 
ness of  this  description,  cord  will  suffice  ;  it  may  be 
covered  with  brown  paper  to  about  |  in.  in  dia- 
meter. Place  it  in  the  facing  through  the  opening 
at  the  top,  making  it  reach  to  the  bottom  at  each 
side  but  not  across.  Turn  the  facing  tightly  over 
it  and  begin  to  spot  from  the  back,  the  stitches 
being  small  and  even  on  the  lined  side. 

While  w^orking,  the  panel  should  be  kept  flat  on 
the  bench,  the  lining  being  uppermost  and  being 
stitched  close  to  the  facing  with  a  quilting  needle 
and  thimble.  Then  place  the  lining  flat  and  even 
at  the  top,  parting  it  alike  on  both  sides  and  run- 
ning a  line  of  cross  stitches  from  side  to  side  on 
both  sides  of  the  joining  at  the  back,  to  about  l\  in. 
apart  at  the  back  and  about  4  in.  in  the  front. 

The  panel  is  now  in  two  compartments.  Cut 
two  openings  across  it,  one  on  each  side,  below  the 


136  IIai^.v£ss  a/ a  king.    > 

line  of  stitches  just  made,  and  one  to  cross  them ; 
then  stuff  the  panel  with  carded  flock  through 
these  openings,  the  stuffing-stick  being  employed 
for  the  purpose.  Fill  it  level  from  top  to  bottom, 
but  not  too  full. 

Next  mark,  say,  six  cross  lines,  about  1^  in. 
apart,  from  the  bottom  of  the  panel  towards  the 
top,  a  rule  being  used  as  a  guide.  Take  a  long 
three-cord  black  hemp  thread  made  with  beeswax 
and  quilt  it,  making  four  stitches  or  so  in  each  line  ; 
use  a  thimble  and  quilting  needle.  Keep  the 
stitches  in  a  straight  line  both  downwards  and 
crosswise,  and  when  the  last  line  is  reached,  make 
two  stitches  from  back  to  front,  thus  leaving  the 
last  line  half  finished.  Now  flatten  it  over  the 
stitches  and  stuff  the  top  to  the  requisite  thickness, 
taking  care  to  make  it  firm,  though  not  hard,  other- 
v/ise  it  will  become  veiy  thin  when  pressure  bears 
on  it.  Place  the  panel  to  the  centre  of  the  tree  and 
flaps,  and  put  a  tack  on  each  side  at  the  top  to 
retain  it  in  this  position.  Some  harness  makers 
run  five  or  six  stitches  through  the  flap  and  panel 
here  and  there,  others  spot  them  all  the  way  along  ; 
but  the  best  method  is  to  put  the  panel  in  with 
copper  wire. 

Stitching  or  spotting  might  do  for  common 
work,  small  stitches  being  put  in  spotting  on  the 
flap  side  and  about  Ij  m.  apart  below.  The 
stitches,  whether  spotting  or  stitching  double- 
handed,  should  run  out  in  the  hollow  between  the 
facing  and  stuffing  below.  Keep  the  facing  even 
along  the  edge  of  the  flap  a  little  outside  rather 
than  underneath. 

To  fasten  a  panel,  cut  the  wire  into  pieces  about 
5  in.  long,  and  with  a  bent  awl  cut  holes  underneath 
the  flaps  close  by  the  outer  row  of  stitches,  all  at 
the  same  distance  from  the  outside.  Then  place  a 
piece  of  wire  in  each,  and,  if  for  a  gig  or  cab  saddle, 
nail  the  panel  in  the  centre  on  both  sides ;  but  in 


Van  and  Cab  Harness.  137 

the  case  of  a  van  saddle,  nails  need  not  be  em- 
ployed ;  simply  wire  it  all  round.  Keep  the  panel 
right  in  the  centre  and  fasten  a  wire  in  the  top,  on 
each  side,  by  cutting  a  hole  with  the  bent  awl  for 
each  point  of  the  wire  just  below  the  facing.  Put 
one  wire  in  each  hole  and  push  the  panel  close  to 
the  flap  ;  then  twist  the  wire  on  the  panel  side  with 
a  pair  of  pincers  till  the  panel  is  pulled  tight  to  the 
flap.  Give  the  wire  a  sharp  twist  with  its  points 
together,  and  cut  them  within  \  in.  of  the  panel  ; 
turn  down  the  points  and  press  them  out  of  sight 
into  the  hollow  between  the  panel  and  the  facing, 
rapeating  the  process  along  both  sides  with  the 
wire  about  2^  in.  apart. 

A  strap  and  a  girth  are  needed  to  fasten  to  the 
bottom  of  the  flaps.  Cut  the  girth  2  ft.  long  and 
2  in.  wide,  and  have  a  lay  to  put  on  about  9  in.  by 
\\  in.  Make  a  buckle  hole  in  the  lay  so  that  the 
edge  of  the  buckle  will  be  level  with  the  end  of  the 
girth,  as  the  chape  is  not  to  be  turned  down,  but 
is  stitched  on  the  flat. 

A  strong  strap  must  now  be  cut  18  in.  by  l\  in., 
rounded  at  one  end  and  shaved  at  the  other,  and 
another  piece  of  leather  2  in.  by  4^  in.,  with  one 
end  shaved  and  the  other  narrowed  to  1\  in.  ;  edge, 
black,  and  crease  both.  Tack  the  lay  on  the  girth 
with  the  buckle  level  to  the  end,  and  narrow  the 
girth  to  the  width  .of  the  lay  at  the  point ;  then 
place  two  loops  beyond  the  buckle  and  stitch  the 
lay.  In  the  next  place,  the  shaved  end  of  the  strap 
must  be  stitched  to  the  4^-in.  piece,  the  strap  being 
placed  within  1  in.  of  the  broad  end.  Finish  the 
loops,  punch  the  straps,  and  stitch  them,  the  strap 
on  the  near  side  and  the  girth  on  the  off  side  at  the 
base  of  the  flaps,  the  stitches  running  across  and  in 
a  half  circle  from  corner  to  corner. 

The  winkers  by  this  time  will  be  dry  and  fit  to 
work  as  part  of  the  bridle.  Straighten  the  outside 
— that  is,  the  part  to  be  stitched — if  it  has  got  a 


138  Harness  Making. 

little  out  of  shape  in  wetting  and  nailing.  Rub 
the  other  edges  with  sandpaper  and  give  them  a  fine 
polish ;  then  shave  the  side  for  the  cheek. 

Having  got  four  |-in.  buckles  ready  for  the 
cheeks,  cut  the  latter  2  ft.  9  in.  by  |  in.  and  measure 
1  ft.  from  the  better  end,  marking  it  across  for  a 
billet.  Now  round  its  point  and  measure  8  in.  from 
the  first  mark  ;  turn  it  down  there,  and  again  turn 
it  down  8  in.  from  the  bend.  Make  a  buckle  hole 
in  each  bend,  and  edge,  black,  and  crease  along  the 
billet  part.  Make  a  groove  with  a  round  knife  or 
grooving  tool  underneath  on  the  billet  side  from 
the  cross  mark  to  within  \  in.  of  the  top  bend,  the 
depth  of  the  groove  being  about  half  the  thickness 
of  the  leather  ;  open  it  out  with  the  point  of  a 
blunt  compass  or  anything  suitable. 

The  buckles  can  now  be  fixed,  one  in  each  bend, 
and  the  winkers  can  also  be  placed  between  the 
cheek  up  to  the  buckles  at  the  top  bend  and  level 
with  the  outside.  Cut  a  small  nick  just  opposite 
the  projection  of  the  buckle  tongue  so  that  the 
winker  will  ascend  on  the  top  end  close  to  the 
buckle.  See  that  the  point  of  the  turn-down  run- 
ning from  the  base  bend  is  cut  level  with  the 
bottom  of  the  winker,  and  run  a  stitch  through 
both,  making  the  point  fit  tightly  in  the  hollow 
between  the  lower  buckle  and  the  winker. 

Place  three  tacks  on  the  outer  side  to  keep  the 
edges  together  in  their  places.  Make  one  loop  for 
each  from  medium  heavy  winker  brown  loop 
leather  about  7  in.  by  If  in.  ;  damp  it  well  and  place 
it  in  half  the  width  of  the  cheek  on  the  inner  side 
and  stitch  along  the  groove.  Adjust  the  two  sides 
in  the  same  manner,  reversing  the  winker  to  pair 
them. 

The  loops  having  been  damped  before  being  at- 
tached, place  a  loop-stick  |  in.  wide  in  each  loop  ; 
then  knock  them  square  and  level  to  shape.  Black 
them  with  soda  and  dye,  dry  partially  with  rag,  and 


Vajv  and  Cab  Harness,  139 

rub  and  polis^h  well  with  a  bone,  making  them  shine 
brightly.  Now  trim  the  underside  of  the  cheek, 
round  the  square  edges,  and  polish.  Apply  a  coat 
of  Harris's  harness  liquid  both  to  the  loops  and  to 
the  edges  ;  rub  them  well  with  the  palm  of  the  hand 
and  then  with  a  little  tallow,  after  which  they  must 
be  again  rubbed  w4th  a  rag. 

The  loops  are  nov/  ready  for  creasing  and  check- 
ing, but  in  the  first  place  make  sure  that  the  loops 
are  in  condition  ;  if  too  dry,  they  cannot  be  creased 
deeply  enough,  and  if  too  wet  the  bevels  and  marks 
cannot  be  polished.  Test  with  a  hot  crease  and 
then  hold  them  near  the  fire  a  little  while  ;  finally 
rub  with  the  hand  until  they  are  dry  enough.  At- 
tention must  also  be  given  to  the  temperature  of 
the  tools  when  heated  in  the  fire,  candle,  or  gas. 
Therefore,  keep  on  the  bench  a  small  quantity  of 
water  into  which  to  dip  the  heated  tools  ;  if  the 
beveller  or  checker  hisses  in  the  water  it  must  be 
kept  there  until  this  ceases. 

Now  with  the  screw  crease  or  compass  make  two 
or  three  lines  across  each  end  of  the  loop,  and  two 
rows  near  each  other  along  the  edges  on  the  face. 
Trace  out  the  design  on  the  surface  between  the 
outer  lines,  namely  diamonds,  single  arrov/  point,  or 
double  arrow  points,  etc.  Having  warmed  the 
beveller,  mark  deeply  the  cross  and  outside  lines, 
polish  them,  and  then  mark  the  outer  lines  of  the 
design  with  the  beveller  on  the  surface  of  the  loop. 

The  space  between  the  outer  lines  of  the  design 
and  the  straight  lines  at  the  edge  and  sides  must 
now  be  marked  with  the  warm  checker,  which  may 
be  fine  or  coarse,  according  to  the  style  of  work  ; 
the  design  also  will  vary  with  the  fineness  or  coarse- 
ness of  the  work.  The  checking  being  finished, 
run  the  beveller  along  all  the  outer  lines  in  the 
design  and  the  straight  line,  to  smooth  down  the 
checker  marks  running  to  the  bevelled  lines  and  to 
give  boldness  to  the  work. 


140  Harness  Making. 

The  noseband  is  made  by  cutting  the  leather 
2  ft.  8  in.  long  by  1  in.  ;  it  must  then  be  marked  5  in. 
from  the  point  and  again  at  a  distance  of  |  in.  from 
this  mark  ;  then  a  third  mark  is  made  13  in.  farther 
on,  and  a  fourth  |  in.  from  the  last  mark.  Turn 
down  2  in.  of  the  end  marked  last  for  the  buckle  ; 
take  \  in.  from  each  end  and  each  side  as  far  as 
the  cross  mark  nearest  the  ends.  Make  a  buckle 
hole  and  shave,  bend,  and  round  the  other  end  for 
the  point.  Cut  another  piece  for  a  lining,  taking 
the  first  as  a  pattern,  and  then  thin  the  edges  01 
both,  slanting  from  the  middle  of  the  strap  on  both 
sides,  but  do  not  thin  the  |-in.  space  in  either 
piece. 

The  first  piece  of  leather  that  v/as  cut  with  a 
buckle  hole  can  now  be  damped  ;  then  with  a  groov- 


Fig.  185. —  Chain  and  Leather  Gig  Front. 

ing  board  and  hammer  handle  a  groove  is  mado 
along  the  full  length,  not  including  the  two  |-in. 
spaces.  Now  cut  a  hole  in  the  outer  side  of  each 
of  the  cross  lines,  marking  two  spaces,  and  cut  twa 
loops  about  I  in.  by  2  in.  Shave  the  points,  damp» 
and  put  one  end  in  each  hole  over  the  |-in.  space  ; 
beat  the  points  a  little  to  flatten  them  to  the 
leather,  and  leave  sufficient  space  for  the  billet  to 
pass  between  the  loops  and  the  noseband. 

Crease  the  noseband  on  both  sides  from  end  to 
end,  i  in.  from  the  edge,  and,  if  required,  another 
line  can  be  made  at  the  same  distance  farther  in 
from  opening  to  opening  in  the  centre  only.  Prick 
the  lines  all  along  except  opposite  the  openings, 
fine  or  coarse,  according  to  the  style  of  work,  and 
then  put  the  lining  underneath  and  the  buckle  in 
its  place.     Tack  it  here  and  tbere  with  fine  tacks^ 


Fan  and  Cab  Harness.  141 

and  with  three-cord  fine  hemp  stitch  from  end  to 
end,  around  the  point,  and  across  at  the  end  of 
the  centre  loops  to  fasten  the  loops  near  the 
openings. 

Stitch  a  second  line  if  needed,  and  then  the 
buckle  chape  from  underneath,  and  put  in  one  or 
two  loops.  Trim  the  edges,  sandpaper,  black 
them,  and  polish  ;  then  place  sticks  in  the  loops  and 
finish,  making  four  holes  in  the  short  end. 

The  next  part  of  the  harness  to  be  described 
is  the  front  or  forehead  band.  Begin  work  by 
cutting  it  21  in.  by  1  in.,  bend  it  dowm  to  pass  easily 
round  a  1^-in.  strap,  and  then  mark  it  across  the 
length  of  the  required  opening.  See  that  there  are 
13  in.  between  the  two  cross  marks  in  the  centre 
and  sufficient  to  stitch  down  the  ends  beyond  the 


Fig.  186. — Chain  and  Leather  Gig  Front. 

openings  ;   shave  the  points  and  stitch  down  the 
ends  from  the  cross  Imes  to  the  points. 

It  can  be  covered  with  fancy  coloured  or  striped 
cloth  or  leather  and  herring-bone  stitched  along 
the  centre  underneath,  making  a  cross  at  each  end  ; 
or  a  chain  front  (Figs.  185  to  187)  can  be  employed. 
In  the  last  case  a  piece  of  patent  leather  must  be 
cut  of  the  same  length  as  the  front  from  one  cross 
line  to  the  other  and  of  the  same  width  as  the  fore- 
head band  ;  adjust  the  chain  and  stitch  along  its 
centre,  taking  the  thread  out  at  one  side  of  the 
chain,  and  running  it  through  the  link  and  down  on 
the  other  side  close  by  the  chain,  and  so  on  through 
every  link  ;  at  each  end  through  the  link  joint  m.ake 
a  little  chape  and  stitch  double  through  it  when  the 
patent  leather  is  being  adjusted  to  the  forehead 
band. 


142  Harness  Making. 

Now  mark  a  line  along  the  edges  of  the  patent 
leather  outside  the  chain  and  prick  it  fine,  laying 
on  the  patent  leather  from  opening  to  opening,  and 
stitching  double  with  beeswaxed  linen  thread  and 
a  fine  awl.  Stitch  the  patent  leather  across  also 
at  the  ends,  catching  the  above-mentioned  little 
chapes.  Then  pare,  sandpaper,  black,  and  well 
polish  the  edges. 

To  make  the  head-piece,  cut  the  leather  l\  in. 
wide  and  1  ft.  10  in.  long ;  slit  it  6  in.  at  each  end, 
and  edge,  black,  and  rub  it  well,  and  then  crease 
it  with  a  hot  creaser  close  to  the  edge  and  at  both 
sides  of  the  slits.  Now  cut  a  |-in.  chape,  long 
enough  to  clasp  the  buckle  and  the  headpiece  and 
to  reach  no  farther  than  the  far  side.  Make  a 
buckle  hole  in  it,  and  edge,  black,  crease,  and 
finally  prick  it. 

Cut  a  loop  \  in.  wide,  trim  it  and  place  the  chape 
in  the  buckle,  tacking  it  exactly  in  the  centre  of 
the  head-piece,  after  having  cut  a  small  nick 
exactly  in  the  centre  for  the  projecting  tongue  to 
enter.  Stitch  it  in  place,  running  a  line  across  at 
the  end  opposite  the  buckle ;  then  make  four  holes 
in  each  of  the  slits. 

The  winker  strap  is  made  as  follows:  Cut  it 
from  stiff  leather  1^  in.  by  13  in.  long  and  re- 
move the  centre  piece  with  a  punch  at  the  top  of 
the  slit,  the  last  being  7^  in.  by*^  in.  Beginning  at 
the  slit,  gradually  narrow  the  other  part  to  |  in. 
wide  to  run  to  the  head-piece  buckle  at  the  top. 
Crease,  black,  and  rub  well  with  a  hot  iron  and 
make  three  punch  holes  at  the  pointed  end.  Take 
the  winkers  and  open  a  small  slit  by  cutting  the 
stitches  between  the  leather  at  the  top  corner  in 
the  front ;  put  a  ^-in.  length  of  the  slit  in  each 
winker  and  stitch  the  points  there  firmly. 

All  that  is  now  required  to  complete  the  bridle 
is  the  throat  lash ;  make  it  2  ft.  3  in.  by  |  in.  and 
turn  it  down  at  each  end  to  1  ft.  8  in.  ;  then  make 


Van  axd  Cab  Harness.  143 

buckle  holes  in  the  bend  and  shave  the  points. 
Edge,  black,  crease  and  rub  well,  prick  the  bend, 
and  put  in  the  buckles  with  the  bearing-rein 
swivels,  one  at  each  extremity.  Having  made  a 
loop  or  two  between  the  buckles  and  swivels,  stitch 
down  the  chapes,  going  below  the  swivel  suffi- 
ciently to  keep  it  in  place. 

Put  the  bridle  together  by  passing  the  ends  of 
the  front  piece  into  the  rosette  loops,  and  placing 
one  slit  of  the  head  strap  on  each  side  of  the  rosette 
loops  at  both  ends  of  the  front  piece,  the  centre 
buckle  at  the  top  pointing  in  the  same  direction  as 
the  front.  Secure  the  winker  strap  at  the  top 
buckle,  and  both  inner  slits  of  the  head  strap  in 
the  top  buckle  of  the  cheeks  ;  then  pass  the  billet 
through  the  noseband  opening.  Make  sure  that 
the  noseband  is  buckled  on  the  near  side,  and  then 


Y'lg;.  187. — Chain  and  Leather  Gig  Front. 

put  the  billets  through  the  cheek  of  the  bit  and  up 
again  through  the  loops  on  the  outside  of  the  nose- 
band and  cheek  buckle. 

The  throat  lash  must  now  be  buckled  on  the  off 
side  and  the  strap  passed  through  the  loop  on  the 
near  side  ;  the  noseband  being  buckled,  the  bridle 
is  finished.  It  may  be  coated  with  liquid  blacking 
or  composition  before  it  is  put  together,  and  the 
buckles  and  rosettes  can  be  cleaned  with  paste 
and  washleather  or  a  clean  soft  rag. 

To  make  a  bearing  rein  a  middle  piece  must  be 
cut  6  ft.  by  I  in.  ;  finish  it  and  bend  2  in.,  making 
it  ready  for  a  buckle.  Shave  the  end  thin  and  cut 
it  to  a  point ;  if  two  buckles  are  employed  both 
ends  must  be  prepared  alike,  but  with  only  one 
buckle  one  end  must  be  pricked  for  stitching  to  the 


144  Harness  Making. 

ring  of  the  round  part.  Cut  the  round  parts  If  in. 
wide  and  2  ft.  long ;  turn  them  down  and  narrow 
them  to  I  in.  at  one  end,  the  turned-down  part 
being  2  in.  long.  Turn  down  about  1  in.  at  the 
other  end  and  prepare  it  for  a  buckle,  shaving  the 
point  thin ;  then  damp  round  the  central  part, 
bring  the  edges  together,  and  cut  a  groove  on  each 
side  to  sink  the  stitches. 

With  a  blunt  point,  open  the  groove  before 
stitching  and  have  a  piece  of  cord  thick  enough  to 
fill  the  inside  and  1  in.  longer  at  each  end  ;  unravel 
it  at  the  ends  and  thin  the  strands  by  pulling  off 
some  of  the  material  with  an  awl.  Run  one  end 
of  the  cord  through  the  bearing-rein  ring  for  an 
inch  and  whip  it  round  with  waxed  hemp  so  that  it 
will  be  secured  there. 

Open  the  strands  at  the  other  end  and  put  half 
of  them  on  each  side  of  the  buckle  tongue  at  the 
part  which  will  be  in  the  leather ;  whip  this  again 
fast  to  the  buckle  and  see  that  it  is  of  the  right 
length  inside  the  round  to  reach  tightly  from  the 
buckle  to  the  ring  w^hen  in  its  place.  It  is  now 
necessary  to  put  the  ring  in  the  long  bend  and  the 
buckle  in  the  short  one. 

Now  cut  a  billet  9  in.  by  |  in.,  and  after  shaving 
one  end  thin,  round  the  other  and  prepare  and 
crease  it.  Put  it  in  the  billet  and  a  loop,  and  stitch 
the  other  end  fine  in  the  ring  ;  stitch  the  round 
along  the  groove,  being  careful  to  have  the  thread 
in  the  centre  of  the  groove  at  both  sides  and  to 
catch  the  points  of  the  turn-down  at  the  ring  and 
the  point  of  the  billet  in  the  other  end,  between 
the  edges  of  the  round  part,  making  two  or  three 
stitches  in  each,  thus  joining  them  firmly  with  the 
round  part.  Then  with  the  spokeshave  trim  them 
round  and  neat,  rub  with  coarse  glasspaper,  and 
finish  with  fine  ;  close  the  edges  of  the  groove  well 
over  the  stitches  and  try  to  make  it  look  as  much  as 
possible  like  one  round,  solid  piece. 


Fa.v  and  Cab  Harness.  145 

After  well  blacking  and  polishing  the  bearing 
rein,  give  it  a  coat  of  liquid  blacking,  polishing  by 
sharp  rubbing  ;  finish  neatly  around  the  ring  and 
buckle,  crease  the  loops,  and  make  one  or  two  holes 
in  the  billets. 

Xow  prepare  the  middle  part.  When  there  are 
two  buckles,  begin  by  punching  a  dozen  holes 
within  9  in.  of  each  end  ;  with  one  buckle  of  course 
only  one  end  is  punched.  Five  running  loops  large 
enough  to  pass  over  the  strap  double  must  now  be 
made,  as  explained.  When  they  are  finished  and 
polished,  put  the  two  points  together  through  one 
of  the  loops  and  pull  that  loop  to  within  2  in.  from 
the  top  ;  fix  a  buckle  on  each  side  and  two  loops 
after  each  buckle  with  the  right  side  out.  Now^  run 
the  points  through  the  rings  to  the  buckle  and  put 
a  chape  in  place,  fastening  the  buckle  in  about  the 
sixth  hole  from  the  end  and  leaving  the  chape  un- 
stitched. Then  pull  one  loop  over  the  chape  close 
to  the  buckle  and  the  other  loop  down  to  the  ring 
on  each  side. 

To  make  the  crupper,  cut  out  the  body  2  ft.  by 
If  in.  and  slit  it  for  8  in.  at  the  strongest  end  ; 
taper  the  other  end  to  1^  in.  wide  and  cut  a  l^-in. 
billet  3  ft.  9  in.  long.  Shave  the  strong  end  thin 
and  round  the  other  ;  cut  the  lay  16  in.  by  \\  in. 
and  shave  one  end,  rounding  the  other.  The 
points  of  the  slits  and  the  end  of  the  body  must 
also  be  shaved,  the  slit  points  being  tapered.  Black 
and  crease  them  all,  only  the  top  of  the  lay  being 
edged. 

Place  the  round  end  of  the  lay  close  to  the  slit 
end,  in  the  centre  of  the  body,  and  4  in.  from  the 
round  end  make  a  deep  cross  line  followed  by  three 
other  lines  at  intervals  of  2  in.,  and  at  the  same 
distance  from  the  fourth  line  cut  a  hole  for  the 
buckle  ;  then  put  an  awl  at  each  corner  formed  hy 
the  cross  lines  into  both  lay  and  body  so  as  to  make 
a  mark  visible  below  ;  there  will  thus  be  a  guide  for 
J 


146  Harness  Making. 

use  when  stitching  underneath  to  indicate  where  to 
begin  and  end. 

Cut  a  groove  from  the  shaved  end  of  the  body  as 
far  as  the  first  awl  mark  below,  then  from  the 
second  to  the  third,  and  finally  from  the  fourth  to 
a  distance  of  about  1  in.  towards  the  point  of  the 
lay;  this  groove  must  be  made  on  the  under-side- 
Cut  through  one  half  the  thickness  of  the  leather 
at  a  sufficient  distance  from  the  edge  to  catch  the 
lay  on  both  sides  in  stitching.  ]Now  adjust  the 
buckle  and  lay  once  again,  and  then  trim  four  loops 
about  f  in.  wdde  and  place  one  before  the  buckle, 
a  second  on  the  other  side  before  reaching  the  first 
opening,  another  between  the  two  openings,  and, 
finally,  the  fourth  beyond  the  lash. 

The  lay  must  be  stitched  in  from  the  underside 
with  double  waxed  thread,  a  cross  stitch  being  made 
at  the  corners  of  each  opening  and  the  thread  being 
brought  straight  over  the  opening  to  the  opposite 
corner  without  cutting.  Stitch  over  the  loop  at  the 
slit  end,  but  no  farther,  the  remainder  being 
stitched  fine  round  the  end  from  above.  It  is  better 
to  stitch  the  crupper  lay  from  below  because  it  will 
then  be  smoother  and  the  stitches  will  not  be  so 
likely  to  rub  the  hair  off  as  when  they  are  on  the 
surface,  there  being  much  friction  at  this  part. 
Having  placed  the  stick  in  the  loops,  finish  with  the 
hot  iron,  making  a  running  loop  for  the  billet. 

The  dock  (Fig.  188)  that  is  placed  under  the  tail 
is  made  of  soft  close-grained  leather,  1  ft.  3  in.  in 
length,  and  tapered  from  the  centre  on  each  side 
to  about  I  in.  when  doubled  over  at  the  points. 
Groove  it  carefully  along  the  edges  at  a  slight  dis- 
tance therefrom,  and  stitch  it  loosely  with  three- 
cord  fine  hemp,  about  six  per  inch,  merely  pulling 
the  stitches  home  ;  then  damp  it  well. 

Having  a  pint  of  whole  linseed  near  at  hand, 
drive  a  nail  through  one  end  to  close  the  opening, 
and  then,  placing  the  linseed  on  the  apron,  scoop 


Fan  and  Cab  Harness. 


M7 


it  in  with  the  open  end  and  ram  the  dock  tight  from 
end  to  end  with  a  stick  or  iron  rod  till  it  is  filled. 


Fiff.  188. 


Fig.  189. 


Fio-.  188.— Crupper  Dock. 

Fig-.  189. — Breeching,  etc. 

Fig.  190.— Back-band. 

Fig.  191.— Shaft  Tugs. 


Fig.  191. 


4 


m 


?==r 


0, 

I 
I, 


;o; 

1 

'.      I 
;0., 

«B 

■oi 
'0 ; 


c  1 
0  ' 


Fi-r.  190. 


Take  one  end  in  each  hand  and  twist  the  piece  to  a 
round  shape,  endeavouring  to  bring  the  stitches  on 


148  Harness  Makisg. 

the  lower  side.  Knock  the  two  ends  with  nails  in 
them  into  a  flat  board,  and  keeping  the  centre  on 
the  board,  raise  both  sides  and  draw  them  as  close 
together  as  possible  with  a  piece  of  soft  leather 
tied  around  them.  Then  allow  them  to  dry  and 
trim  the  stitched  part  and  sand  it,  rounding  it  with 
the  other  parts  ;  polish  well,  thin  the  top  sides  of 
the  points,  and  knock  them  flat  with  the  hammer. 
Stitch  one  to  each  slit  of  the  crupper  body  for 
about  I  in.,  finish  the  edges,  and  put  about  a  dozen 
holes  in  the  billet. 

To  make  the  breeching  (Fig.  189),  cut  the  leather 
7  ft.  6  in.  by  If  in.,  and  turn  it  in  4  in.  at  the  better 
end,  so  that  it  will  be  3  ft.  8  in.  long  when  double. 
If  the  lower  part  is  too  long,  cut  it  off,  allowing 
about  2  in.  for  splicing,  and  shave  both  ends.  Both 
edges  must  now  be  shaved  on  the  inside  of  the  top 
and  bottom  so  as  to  slant  outwards  ;  damp  the  top 
from  one  bend  to  the  other.  Kound  it  on  the  large 
groove  of  the  grooving  board,  crease  it  along  both 
edges,  and  prick  it  eight  per  inch.  If  the  bend 
seems  too  weak  for  the  rings  these  can  be  lined. 
Cut  a  strip  of  leather  or  an  old  rein,  1  in.  wide, 
and  shave  it  round  along  the  edges  and  at  the 
ends  ;  it  must  be  long  enough  to  run  from  ring  to 

ring. 

Having  prepared  the  rings  and  breeching  dees 
(Fig.  178  and  179,  p.  125),  cut  the  bearers  from 
good  leather,  10  in.  by  |  in.  ;  turn  them  down  so 
that  the  points  will  meet,  and  flatten  the  bends. 
Prepare  one  end  of  each  for  the  buckle,  and  cut  a 
groove  along  the  lower  side,  where  there  is  no 
joint,  and  open  it.  Place  the  buckles  and  dees  in 
two  bearers  and  the  rings  and  buckle  in  the  two 
remaining,  joining  them  on  the  side  under  the  loop. 
Stitch  the  ends  together,  making  them  meet  ex- 
actly in  the  centre  of  the  bearer. 

After  edging  the  end  bends,  black  them,  because 
this  would  be  troublesome  work  later;   then  cut 


Fan  and  Cab  Harness.  149 

four  loops,  3^  in.  by  if  in.,  blind-stitch  them,  and 
finish  them  like  the  others.  Make  the  pattern  match, 
finish  the  back  of  the  bearer,  and  close  the  groove 
well.  A  ring  must  now  be  put  in  each  end  of  the 
breeching,  which  is  then  tacked  in  place  for  stitch- 
ing. Place  the  lining  lately  cut  in  the  centre  to 
i-aise  and  strengthen  it,  and  then  stitch  along  both 
the  sides  with  three-cord  coarse  hemp  ;  reserve  an 
opening  about  G  in.  from  the  ring  for  the  bearers, 
but  do  not  fix  these  in  it  until  the  body  has  been 
stitched  and  trimmed. 

Some  fancy  style  of  stitching  can  be  run  along 
each  end  from  the  ring  about  6  in.  when  the  straight 
lines  have  been  stitched  along  the  sides,  or  have 
tw^o  extra  straight  lines  instead  of  fancy  w^ork, 
bringing  the  lines  to  a  point  at  6  in.  from  the  ring, 
or  again  make  four  rows  all  along  the  breeching. 

The  body  being  well  trimmed  and  finished,  put 
both  bearers  in  on  the  same  side,  one  at  each  end 
where  the  opening  w^as  left.  Before  this,  how^- 
cver,  put  a  small  piece  of  leather  inside  to  fill  the 
hollow  square  in  the  breeching  dees ;  stitch  this 
firmly  in  place. 

For  a  hip-strap  to  match  the  breeching,  cut  a 
strap  4  ft.  long  and  a  little  more  than  double  the 
width  of  the  buckles  on  the  bearers  ;  slit  it  for  16  in. 
at  each  end,  each  slit  being  the  width  of  the  bearer 
buckles,  and  if  it  is  altogether  too  wide,  the  w^aste 
should  come  off  the  centre.  Then  edge,  black,  and 
crease  it  neatly  and  put  eight  holes  in  each  end. 

The  breeching  straps  to  go  round  the  shafts 
must  be  cut  3  ft.  3  in.  by  I5  in.,  and  w^hen  the  light 
ends  are  turned  down,  are  2  ft.  6  in.  long.  Round 
the  point,  and  shave  that  of  the  turn  over  ;  then 
prepare  the  bend  for  the  buckle,  and  edge,  black, 
and  crease. 

Cut  four  strong  loops  about  |  in.  wide,  and 
having  neatly  finished  them,  prick  along  about  3  in. 
from    the   buckle  on  the  low^er  side.     Tack  on  the 


150  Ji/ARJ^£^S   MAKINC. 

two  loops,  one  near  the  buckle  in  the  usual  posi- 
tion, and  the  other  close  to  it  but  in  the  reverse 
position  to  turn  under  the  strap.  Stitch  them  with 
strong  thread,  and,  having  finished  them,  bend  the 
strap  from  the  loop  to  the  end  of  the  underpiece 
and  run  a  dozen  stitches  on  each  side  at  the  point. 
Bend  it  so  that  w^ien  in  position  in  the  ring  the 
parts  will  be  even  ;  if  stitched  without  bending,  the 
lower  part  will  pucker.  Finish  the  loops  and  put 
six  holes  in  each  strap. 

The  back-band  (Fig.  190,  p.  147)  may  now  be  cut 
out,  its  complete  length  being  8  ft.  The  centre 
piece  passing  through  the  saddle  is  3  ft.  3  in.  long, 
the  strap  or  buckling  end  measuring  1  ft.  6  in.,  and 
the  remainder  being  for  girth.  If  it  is  for  a  van 
harness  it  must  be  in  three  thicknesses  along  the 
centre,  but  the  strap  end  will  be  strong  enough  in 
two  thicknesses ;  when  the  belly-band  part  is  very 
light  it  may  also  be  thickened  a  little.  Place  the 
belly-band  buckle  in  the  belly-band  end,  and  if 
necessary  line  the  chape  ;  then  round  the  point  at 
the  strap  end.  Crease  all  along  and  make  two 
rows  on  each  side  of  the  centre,  bringing  them  to- 
gether in  a  point  at  the  extremities.  Strictly 
speaking,  one  row  on  each  side  of  the  belly  band 
and  strap  will  suffice,  but  four  rows  are  better  ;  in 
the  last  case,  crossing  the  two  middle  centre  lines 
at  the  end  of  the  centre  part  w^ll  improve  the 
appearance. 

An  opening  must  be  left  in  the  stitching  about 
1^  in.  from  the  buckle,  and  two  openings  lower 
down,  2  in.  apart,  to  receive  three  loops  when  the 
back-band  has  been  completed.  Stitch  it  about 
eight  per  inch,  with  four-cord  thread. 

For  finishing,  use  a  spokeshave,  and  rub  the 
stitches  underneath  to  level  them  well ;  round  the 
edges  w^ell  towards  the  stitches,  making  the  edges 
neat  in  appearance.  Scrape  it  with  glasspaper, 
place  the  buckle  on  the  hook,  and  black  the  edges 


Van  a. yd  Cab  Harness.  151 

and  stitches  ;  ru.b  vigorously  with  the  rag  in  the 
right  hand,  holding  each  side  of  the  back-band 
with  the  other.  The  hand  should  be  moved  briskly 
?Dackwards  and  forwards  so  as  to  dry  and  polish  the 
edges  well.  Now  pass  a  ball  of  tallow  along  the 
edges  and  again  rub  well  with  the  rag,  after  which 
the  three  loops  may  be  placed  on  the  belly  band 
and  stitched  from  below,  the  reverse  side  to  the 
other  stitches.  Then  punch  eight  or  nine  holes  in 
the  strap  and  three  in  the  centre  part  at  equal 
distances  from  each  crossing  of  the  middle  row  of 
stitches,  or  from  the  point  of  the  inner  rows  if  the 
centre  only  has  four  rows  of  stitching.  Leave 
about  1  ft.  6  in.  in  the  centre  without  holes. 

The  shaft  tugs  (Fig.  191,  p.  147)  are  made  by 
cutting  a  1  ft.  7|  in.  length  of  leather  to  the  same 
width  as  the  buckles  and  back-band — that  is,  If  in. 
Overlap  this  piece  4^  in.,  the  overlap  then  being 
bent  together  and  knocked  flat  in  the  centre. 
Through  both  leathers  cut  a  hole  for  a  buckle  in 
the  bend,  and  shave  a  little  on  the  sides  of  the 
hole  underneath  where  the  tongue  enters,  so  that 
the  buckle  will  run  close  to  the  leather. 

Shave  both  ends,  the  inner  very  thin  and  the 
outer  or  top  one  moderately,  cutting  a  little  off 
each  corner.  Crease  two  rows  on  each  side  as  on 
the  back-band,  and,  having  pricked  the  rows  seven 
per  inch,  place  the  brass  or  nickel  loop  loose  on  the 
strap  and  adjust  the  buckle  therein.  Draw  the  two 
holes  in  the  centre,  where  the  buckle  is  placed, 
exactly  opposite  each  other,  and  stitch  the  top 
point  of  the  overlap  along  the  two  inner  lines  for 
about  2  in.  through  the  two  leathers. 

The  shape  being  now  obtained,  the  tug  must  be 
filled  and  thickened.  This  is  done  by  cutting  a 
piece  of  leather  to  fit  the  inside  tight  from  one  side 
of  the  buckle  to  the  other,  keeping  the  buckle  in 
position  while  working.  Cut  a  nick  in  the  centre 
of  each  eno^  of  this  piece  so  that  the  tongue  and 


152  Bar  NESS  Making. 

sides  may  fit  close  to  the  buckle,  and  then  cut 
another  good  piece  of  leather  to  go  round  inside 
tight  and  to  overlap  at  the  top  for  about  1|  in. 
Now  shave  each  end  and  cut  a  groove  on  each  side 
for  about  the  length  of  the  loop  on  the  part  in- 
tended for  it,  and  overlap  it  on  the  side  opposite 
the  loop  just  below  the  buckle,  with  the  outer  point 
of  the  overlap  on  the  top  pointing  towards  the 
buckle  and  not  downwards. 

If  the  tug  needs  more  thickening,  place  another 
piece  under  the  inside  lining  to  reach  from  the 
metal  loop  (placed  below  the  leather  loop)  round 
the  bottom  and  about  halfway  up  the  other  side, 
leaving  it  with  its  thickness  at  the  end  near  the 
metal  loop  ;  shave  the  other  end  thin. 

The  metal  loop  must  fit  tight  between  the  end 
of  the  piece  and  the  leather  loop.  It  must  now  be 
tacked  together  from  the  inside,  the  joint  at  the 
overlap  being  made  firm.  The  lining  should  be  of 
sole  leather  ;  damp  it  well  so  that  it  v/ill  fit  into  its 
place  and  be  easier  to  stitch.  Begin  stitching  at 
the  buckle  with  four-cord  thread  and  work  round 
to  the  metal  loop  ;  then  begin  at  this  part  on  the 
other  side  and  stitch  to  the  buckle.  Continue  to 
work  in  this  way  until  four  rows  are  stitched. 

Trim  the  edges,  and  black  and  polish  them, 
paying  particular  attention  to  the  part  about  the 
buckle. 

There  is  an  opening  from  the  metal  loop  to  the 
buckle  remaining  unstitched ;  this,  with  a  groove 
cut  underneath  on  the  lower  side,  is  for  the  loop, 
which  must  be  about  2  in.  wide.  Having  inserted 
one  side  for  about  half  the  width  of  the  tug,  stitch 
it  with  six-cord  double  waxed  thread  from  the 
buckle  to  the  metal  loop,  being  careful  to  bring  the 
awl  out  with  each  stitch  in  the  centre  of  the  groove. 
Stitch  the  other  side  as  far  as  the  buckle  and  make 
two  or  three  cross  stitches  on  each  side  of  the 
buckle. 


Kix  AND  Cab  Harness. 


153 


If  there  is  iiiiich  imevenness  on  the  part  from 
the  end  of  the  loop  to  the  buckle,  a  little  filling 
may  be  put  in  the  space.  The  loop  must  be  longer 
than  usual  because  the  back-band  is  extra  thick. 
Shape  the  loop  with  a  thick  bent  loop-stick  big 
enough  to  make  plenty  of  room  for  a  back-band. 
Black  and  finish  the  loop,  make  a  pattern  or  check 
it  if  necessary,  and  then  remove  all  unevenness, 
close  the  grooves,  and  trim  neatly  about  the  loop 
and  buckle.  Repeat  the  operation  with  the  second 
tug,  and  then  all  will  be  ready. 

The  big  loops  for  a  shaft  and  the  hame  tugs, 
etc.,  must  always  be  made  of  firm  loop  leather, 


Fig.  193.— Cab  Saddle  Tree. 


Fig.  192. — Four-wheeled 
Cab  Saddle. 


which  will  grow  hard  in  finishing  and  retain  its 
firmness  and  shape  in  spite  of  rain  and  weather. 

For  the  traces,  trace  end  chains  will  be  needed  ; 
van  and  cab  traces  are  stitched  to  the  hames,  being 
shortened  by  having  ten  or  twelve  links  of  a  chain 
at  the  other  end.  The  traces  may  be  4  ft.  9  in. 
long  by  If  in.,  being  1  ft.  1  in.  longer  with  a  chain. 
They  must  be  in  three  thicknesses,  but  with  two 
thicknesses  to  go  through  the  chain  dee  and  hame 
ring  (Fig.  171,  p.  123). 

In  putting  the  upper  and  low^er  part  together, 
place  the  light  end  of  one  against  the  heavy  end 
of  the  other,  thus  levelling  the  trace  and  making  it 


154 


IJ'ARNESS   MaKINC 


of  equal  strength.  Shave  the  points  well  where 
one  ends  and  another  begins-for  example,  the 
lining  in  the  hame  ring  and  chain  dee.  Having 
turned  the  leathers  down  to  the  right  length,  crease 
and  prick  them,  seven  or  eight  per  inch.  Tack 
down  with  only  the  chain  on  and  stitch  the  four 
rows,  but  not  so  far  in  the  hame  end  as  to  prevent 
the  hame  ring  being  placed  in  position  when  they 
are  finished.  When  both  are  stitched,  trim,  black, 
and  polish  them  ;  then  rub  down  the  stitches  under- 
neath, and  having  fixed  them  to  the  hame  ring, 
stitch  them  to  it,  and  finish  that  end  like  the  other 
parts. 


F,g.  194. 

Fig.  1 9 i.— Hansom  Cab  Saddle. 

Rein  Stops 


Fig 


196. 
Figs.  195  and  19J.— 


Make  two  hame  straps  |  in.  wide,  the  top  strap 
1  ft.  10  in.  long,  and  the  lower  1  ft.  4  in.  Adjust 
the  buckles  at  the  strong  ends  and  make  two  loops, 
reversing  them  as  on  the  breeching  straps  ;  have 
seven  or  eight  holes  in  each. 

The  driving  reins  are  1  in.  wide,  and  the  fore- 
part near  the  horse's  head  is  6  ft.  long  on  each  side. 
Turn  down  the  chapes  at  the  strong  ends  for  the 
buckles,  and  shave  the  point  thin  ;  then  cut  two 
billets,  1  ft.  long,  from  a  firm  piece  of  leather. 
Shave  one  end  and  round  the  other,  and,  having  cut 


Van  and  Cab  Harness. 


IS 


two  loops,  edge  and  finish  them  ;  then  rub  all  and 
crease  them  close  to  the  edge  with  a  hot  creaser. 

Adjust  the  buckles,  prick  the  part  of  the  billet 
to  be  stitched  a  little  inside  the  outer  crease,  and 
stitch  the  billets  in  with  the  loop.  When  the  loops 
are  finished,  make  a  hole  in  each  billet  far  enough 
from  the  point  to  allow  what  is  over  to  come 
through  the  loop,  and  cover  the  stitches  on  the 
front. 


B. 


^H 


Fig.   197. — Htmscm  Cab  Harr.es ^ 

Make  the  brown  hand  parts  5  ft.  6  in.  long,  and 
narrow  the  light  end  of  one  part  to  pass  through 
into  a  |-in.  covered  buckle  ;  then  turn  down  the 
other  point  and  narrow  it  for  the  buckle  chape. 
Finally,  prepare  a  narrow  brown  loop.  Shave  and 
taper  the  other  end  of  the  hand  parts  to  a  point, 
edge  both  sides  below  and  under,  and  damp  the 
edges  with  gum  and  water,   or  with  water  only. 


15^  Harness  Making. 

Polish  them  well  by  rubbing,  making  them  even 
everywhere  ;  brown  paper  is  excellent  for  polishing 
either  black  or  brown  edges. 

After  creasing  them  very  near  the  edge  with  a 
screw  crease,  place  the  buckle  and  loop  on  the  end 
and  mark  a  line  a  little  inside  the  outer  one,  about 
2\  in.  or  3  in.  long,  on  the  end  to  be  spliced  on  the 
fore-part.  Prick  it  fine  and  stitch  with  a  fine 
thread,  pointing  the  stitches  in  the  upper  end  to 
the  same  shape  as  the  others.  The  hand  parts  can 
be  obtained  ready  cut  with  buckles,  and  then  all 
that  has  to  be  done  is  to  shave  the  ends  and  stitch 
them  to  the  fore-parts. 

Four-wheel  cab  harness  can  be  made  in  the  same 
way  as  van  harness,  except  the  saddle  (Fig.  192), 
which  is  made  exactly  like  a  gig  saddle,  but  is 
heavier  and  has  brass  or  nickel  screw  studs  in  each 
corner  of  the  skirts  ;  Fig.  193  shows  the  top  or 
tree. 

Hansom  cab  harness  is  not  much  different, 
though  the  saddle  (Fig.  194)  is  lighter,  and  some 
have  rollers  inside  the  saddle  so  that  the  back- 
band  may  run  smoothly  backwards  and  forwards 
through  the  tree  ;  these  trees  are  made  to  order. 
In  Fig.  197,  A  indicates  the  noseband,  b  winker,  c 
forehead  band,  e  throatlash,  f  cheek,  g  rein,  h 
collar,  I  trace,  J  saddle,  k  shaft  tug,  l  cantle  of 
saddle,  m  crupper,  n  tug  strap,  o  bearer,  p  breech- 
ing, and  E  shaft  strap. 

The  hansom  reins  must  be  about  20  ft.  long  on 
each  side,  each  brown  hand  part  being  about  7  ft. 
long.  They  are  generally  showy  and  ornamental. 
Winkers  and  saddle,  hip  straps,  martingale,  and 
breastplate  have  ornaments,  the  reins  have  ivory 
rings  and  stops  (Figs.  195  and  19G),  and  there  is  a 
face-piece  ornament  on  the  bridle. 

Both  four-wheeler  and  hansom  harness  (Fig. 
197)  are  larger  and  heavier  than  gig  harness,  except 
at  the  saddle. 


INDEX. 


-►o«- 


Awls,  21,  22 

Back  Stitching,  52 
Backband  Hook,  Plough,  107 

,  Van  Harness,  15'J 

Backs,  Hide,  37,  39,  40 
Ball  Terret,  124 
Band,  Forehead,  68 
Bands,  Mill,  40 

,  Nose,  63 

Basils,  40 

Beeswax,  30 

Bells  and  Brush,  Bridle,  63 

Belly  Band,  Cart,  99 

Belt,  Waist,  49 

Bent  Awl,  21 

Bevellers,  21 

Billet,  93 

Bits,  111-116 

Black  Wax,  31,  33,  45 

Black-ball.  44 

Board,  Cutting,  42 

Body-belt  Webs,  45 

Box  Creased  Loop,  57 

Loop,  57 

Strap,  49 

Spurs,  116 

Brace  End  Punch,  15 
Brass  Face-pieces,  63 

Gear  Buckles,  Scotch,  65 

Hame  Plates,  63 

Nails,  35 

Ornaments,  63 

■ Polishing  Paste,  47 

Squares.  63 

Swing.  63 

Breaking  Bit,  116 
Breeching,   Cart  Harness,  96 

.  Van  Harness,  149 

Bridle.  70 

Hides,  38 

Bridoon  Bits,  112,  114,  115 
Bronzing  for  Leather,  48 
Brown  Gear  Hides,  40 
• — —  Harness  Hides,  40 

Shoulders,  39 

Stain,  46 

Wax,  45 

Brush  and  Bells  for  Bridle,  6i 
Buckle  Tongue  Punch,  14 
Buckles.  63,  118-126 
Buff  Hides,  White,  41 


Buff  Middling,  White  Bleached, 

41 
Bull  Hides,  Enamelled,  41 
Burgess's  Buckles,  124 
Burnisher,  44 
Butts,  Black  Strap,  38 
Buxton  Bit,  115 

Cab,  Hansom,  Harness  for,  156 

Harness,  156 

Saddle,  156 

Tree,  156 

Calf-skins,  40 

Cart  Belly  Band,  99 

Collars,  75-85 

Harness,  62-74 

Saddles,  86-100 

,  Panel  of,  86 

,  Tree  for,  86 

Cement,  Leather,  47 
Chain  Front,  141 
Chains,   125 

,  Hip-strap,  105 

Chapes.  66 

Chased  Buckles.  123 

Chatham  Buckles,  125 

Cli6ckGrs    20 

Cheek  Curb  Bit,  Globe,  114 

Chin  Strap.  71 

Clamp  or  Clams,  24 

Clip,    Hame,    123 

Clout  Nails,  34 

Coacli  Hides,  41 

Collar,  Cart,  75-85 

,  Lining,  78 

,  Pipe,  77 

Rod,  Iron,  27 

Side-piece,  83 

- — ,  Van,  128 
Coloured  Flocks,  36 
Couplings  for  Plough  Gear,  110 
Compasses,  21 

,  Race,  21 

Composition,  Harness,  48 
Corner-piece,    Nose-band,    69 
Cow-backs,  Japanned,  38 
Cow^-hides,  Enamelled,  41 
Creased  Loop,  Box,  57 
Creases,  19 
Crew  Punch,  14 
Crupper,  Cart  Harness,  93 

Dock.  143 


>5S 


I/akx£Ss  Making. 


Crupper,  Van  Harness,  145 
Curb  Bit,  115 

,  Globe  Cheek,  114 

Cut  Tacks,  34 
Cutter,  Washer,  15 
Cutting  Board,  42 
Gauge,  10,  11 

Pliers,  27 

Cutting  up  Hides,  42 

Dees,  Breeching,  148 
Diaper  Webs,  45 
Dock,  146 

Double-rein  Hides,  39 
Dress  Spurs,  116 
Drummed  Flocks,  36 
Dye,  35 
Dyeing,  Iron  Liquor  for,  45 

Ear-piece,   69 
Edge  Trimmers,  12 
Enamelled  Hides,  41 
Exercising  Bit,  116 

Face-pieces,  Biass,  63 

Farm  Harness,  Oil  for,  47 

Felt,  36 

Files,  29 

Flap  Hides,  Japanned,  38 

Flocks,  36 

Flour  Paste,  45 

Fly-terrets,  124 

Foot-rule,  21 

Fore  Gear  and  Leader  Harness, 

101-106 
Forehead  Band,  68 

• ,  Van  Harness,  141 

Forewale,  76 
I'ork,  straining,  29 
Four-wheel  Cab  Harness,  156 

Gauge,  Cutting,  10,  11 

.  Plough,  11 

Gear  Buckles,  Scotch,  63 

Hides,  Brown,  40 

,  Plough.  107-110 

,  Shaft.  62 

Gig  Curb  Bit.  115 

Harness,  127 

Snaffle,  113 

Gilding  Leather,  43 
Girth,  Cart  Saddle,  91 

Chape  Punch,  15 

,  Van  Harness,  137 

Webs,  44 

Globe  Cheek  Curb  Bit,  114 

Hackney  Bits,  112,  113 
Half-moon  Scalloping  Irons,  16 
Hame  Clip,  125 
Knobs,  Brass,  63 

Plates,  Brass,  63 

Straps,  93 

Tug    Loops,  153 


Hames,  124-125 
Hammer,   17 
Hand  Knife,  10 

Punch,  15 

Hand-iron,  23 

Hansom  Cab  Harness,  156 

Saddle,  156 

Hard  Wax,  31 
Harness,  Cab,   127-156 

,  Cart,  62-74 

— —  Composition,  46 

,  Fore     Gear     and    Leader, 

101-106 

,  Gig,  127 

Jet,  47 

Oil,  47 

,  Plough,  107-110 

,  Van,  127-156 

•  Waterproof  Paste,  47 

Head  Knife,  10 

Strap,  73 

Head-collar  Rein  Backs,  39 
Hearts,  Brass,  63 

Hemp,  30,  33 
Hides,  37-42 

,  Cutting  up,  42 

Hind  Tugs,  97 

Hip-strap  Chains,  103 

Hog-skins,  40 

Hook,  Plough  Back-band,  107 

•,  Wire,  61 

Horse  Hides,  Japanned,  38 
Horsehair,  Curled,  36 
Housing,  Cart  Saddle,  92 

Iron  Collar  Rod,  27 

,  Hand,  23 

Liquor  for  Dyeing,  45 

— ,  Palm,  25 

-,  Pricking,  18 

,  Scalloping,   16 

Seat,  27 

Jambles  Plates,  63 
Japanned  Hides,  33 
Nails,  34 

Welting  Seals,  38 

Winker  Hides,  38 

Jet,  Harness,  47 

Knives,  10 

Lace  Needles,  53 
Ladies'  Horse  Bits,  112 
Spurs,  116 

Stirrups,  117 

Lash,  Throat,  73 

Lead  Piece  for  Punching,  16 
Leader  Harness,  Fore  Gear  and, 

101-106 
Leather,  37-42 

,  Bronzing.  48 

■  Cement,  47 

,  Fancy,  41 


Index. 


159 


Leather  Preserver,  47 

,  Patent,  Reviver  for,  46 

.  Testing  Quality  of,  41 

Lignum-vitfe  Round  Mallet,  17 

Linen  Threads,  30 

Lining  Cart  Saddle  Panel,  87 

—  Collar,  78 

Winkers,  127 

Liverpool  Bits,  114 
Loin  Straps,  93 
Loop,  Box,  57 
,  Creasing,  59 

Leather,  Dyeing,  35 

,  Pipe,  57 

,  Running,  49,  57 

Looping,   57-61 
Loop-sticks,  28 

Machine,  Slitting,  11 
Mallets,  17 
Materials,  50-48 
Melbourne  Buckles,  124 
Middling,  White  Bleached  Buff, 

41 
Mill  Bands,  40 

Nail-claw,  27 
Nails,  34,  35 
Needles,   22 

,  Threading,  51 

Nipple,  Hand  Punch,  16 

Nose-band,  63 

,  Van  Harness,  140 

Octagons,  Brass,  63 

Officers'  Spurs,  116 

Oil,  Harness,  47 

Oval  Punch,  13,  14 

Ovals,  Brass.  63 

Ox  Hides,  Enamelled,  41 

Palm-iron,  23 

Panel,  Cart  Saddle,  86 

,  Van  Saddle,  134 

Paring  Knife,  10 
Paste,  45,  127 

,  Brass  Polisliing,  47 

,  Harness,  47 

Patent  Leatlier  Reviver,  46 
Pelham  Bits,  112 

Snaffles,  113 

Pincers,  27 
Pipe'  Collar,  77 

Loop,  57 

Plate  Powder,  47 

Pliers,  27 

Plough  Back-band  Hook,  107 

Gear  Couplings,  110 

- — -  Harness,  107-110 
Plough-gauge,  11 
Pocket-book  or  Purse  Hides,  40 
Polishing  Paste,  Brass,  47 
Powder,  Plate,  47 


Preserver,  Leather,  47 

Prickers,  Wheel,  19 

Pricking-iron,  18 

Punches,  13-16 

Punching,  Lead  Piece  for,  16 

Purse  or  Pocket-book  Hides,  40 

Race  Compasses,  21 

Girth  Webs,  44 

Rasps,  29 

Rein,  73 

Backs,  Head-collar,  39 

Hides  and  Backs,  38 

Stops,  156 

Reins,  Van  Harness,  154 

Reviver,  Patent  Leather,  46 

Riding  Bits,  112 

— -   Saddles,  Stain  for,  46 

Rivets,  126 

Roller  Buckles,  12tj 

Girth  Webs,  44 

Rosette  Punches,  16 
Round  Awl,  22 

File,  29 

Knife,  10 

Punch,  13,  14 

Round-headed  Nails,  34 
Rubber,  23 
Running  Loop,  50,  57 
Russet  Brown  Stain,  46 

Saddle,  Cab,  156 
,  Cart,  86-100 

Girths,  91 

,  Hansom  Cab,  156 

Stain,  46 

Straps,  91 

,  Van,  130 

Safety  Slipper  Stirrup,  117 
Scalloping  Irons,  16 
Scotch  Brass  Gear  Buckles,  63 
Screw  Crease,  19 

Race,  19 

Spurs,  116 

Seals,  Japannei  Welting,  38 
Seal-skins,  41 
Seat  Awl,  22 

Iron,  27 

Sewing  Awl,  21 
Shaft  Gear,  62 

Tug  Buckles,  124 

Tugs,  Clamp  for  Sewing,  24 

— ,  Van,  151 

Sheep-skins,  40 
Sheep's  Wool,  36 
Shoulders,  Hide,  38-40 
Show  or  Stallion  Bit,  116 
Silk  Threads,  30 
Single  Crease,  19 
Skins,   Calf,   40 

,  Hog,  40 

,  Seal,  41 

,  Sheep,  40 

.  White.  53 


i6o 


Harxe'S  Making, 


Skirt  Hides  and  Backs,  40 
Slipper  Stirrups,  117 
Slitting  Machine,  11 
Snaffles,  113,  116 
Spokeshave,  11 
Spur  Shoulders,  Black,  38 
Spurs,  116 
Square  File,  29 
Squares,  Brass,  63 
Slain,  35 

Stains,  Various,  46 
Stallion  or  Show  Bit,  116 
Stars,  Brass,  63 
Steel  Seat-iron,  27 
Stirrup  Hides,  40 
Stirrups,  117 
Stitching  Awls,  21 

,  Back.  52 

,  Simple  Exercises  in,  49-56 

with  White  Lace.  52 

Straight  Scalloping  Irons,  16 
Straining  Fork,  29 

Webs,  45 

Strap,  Box,  49 

Butts,  Black.  38 

for  Cart  Saddle,  91 

,  Chin,  71 

,   Hajne.   99 

,  Head,  73 

,  Loin,  98 

Winker,  72 


Swing,  Brass,  63 
Swivelled  Bridoon  Bit,  115 
Swivels,  124 

Tacks,  Cut,  34 

Tallow.  31 

Team  Harness,  Oil  for,  47 

Terrets,  124 

Threads,  30,  33,  75 

Throat  Lash,  73 

Tools,  10-29 

Trace  Backs,  37 

,  Van  Harness,  153 


Tree,  Cab  Saddle,  156 


Tree,  Cart  Saddle,  86 

,  Van  Saddle,  132 

Trimmers,  Edge,  12 
Trousers  Spurs,  116 
Tugs,  Hind,  97 

Van  Collar,  123 

Harness,  127-155 

Saddle,  130 

Vandj^ke  Scalloping  Irons, 
Vice,  27 


16 


Waist-belt.  49-56 
Washer  Cutter,  13 
Waterproof  Harness  Paste,  47 
Wax,  Black,  31,  33,  45 

,  Brown,  45 

,  Hard,  31 

,  White.  30 

V»>axed  Threads,  30 
W^ebs,  44,  45 

Welting  Seals,  Japanned,  38 
West  End  Buckles,  122-124 
Weymouth  Bits,  112 
Wheel  Prickers,  19 
White  Bleached  Buff  Middling, 
41 

Buff  Hides,  41 

Flocks,  36 

Hemp  Thread,  33 

Lace,  Stitching  with,  52 

Skin,  53 

W^ax,  30 

Wilson  Snaffle,  113 
Winker  Hides,  38 
,  Japanned,  33 

Straps,  72 

,  Van  Harness,  142 

Winkers,  64,  127 
Wire  Hook,  61 

Nails.  34 

Wrench,  27 

Yellow  Hemp  Thread,  33 

Slain,  43 


Tufts  University 
200  Vy'estboro  Road 
North  Grafton,  ^AA  01 536 


J 


rKI.VIED    BY    Ca!-SELL    .\XD   COMl'ANV,    LlMlTEP,    LA    BELLE    Sa'.VAcE.    E.C. 


Technical  Instruction. 

Important  New  Series  of  Practical  Volumes. 
Edited  by  PAUL  N.  HASLICK. 

With  Numerous  Illustrations  in  the  Text.     Each  Book 

contains  i6o  pages,  crown  8vo.     Cloth,  2S.  each. 

Post  free,  2s.  3d. 

Practical  Draughtsmen's  Work.     With  226  Illus- 
trations. 

Contents. — Drawing  Boards.  Paper  and  Mounting.  Draughtsmen's  Instru- 
ments. Drawing  Straight  Lines.  Drawing  Circular  Lines.  Elliptical  Curves. 
Projection.  Back  Lining  Drawings.  Drawing  to  Scale  and  Preparing  Maps. 
Colouring  Drawings.     Making  Drawings.     Index. 

Practical     Staircase    Joinery.      With    215    Illus- 
trations. 

Contents. — Introduction  :  Explanation  of  Terms.  Simple  Form  of  Staircase. 
House  Stringed  Stair.  Measuring,  Planning,  and  Setting  Out.  Two-flight 
Staircase.  Staircase  with  Winders  at  Bottom.  Staircase  with  Wmders  at  Top 
and  Bottom.  Staircase  with  Half-i-pace  of  Winders.  Staircase  Over  an  Oblique 
Plan.  Staircase  with  Open  or  Cut  Strings.  Cut  String  Staircase  with  Brackets. 
Open  String  Staircase  with  Bull-nose  Step.  Geometrical  Staircases.  Winding 
Staircases.     Ships'  Staircases.     Index. 

Practical    Metal    Plate    Work.      With    247   Illus- 
trations. 

Contents. — Materials  used  in  Metal  Plate  Work.  Geometrical  Construction 
of  Plane  Figures.  Geometrical  Construction  and  Development  of  Solid  Figures. 
Tools  and  Appliances  Used  in  Metal  Plate  Work.  Soldering  and  Brazing. 
Tinning.  Re-tinning,  and  Galvanising.  Examples  of  Practical  Metal  Plate 
Work.     Examples  of  Practical  Pattern  Drawing.     Index. 

Practical  Gas   Fitting.     With   120  Illustrations. 

Contents. — How  Coal  Gas  is  Made.  Coal  Gas  from  the  Retort  to  the  Gas 
Holder.  Gas  Supply  from  Gas  Holder  to  Meter.  Laying  the  Gas  Pipe  in  the 
House.  Gas  Meters.  Gas  Burners.  Incandescent  Gas  Burners.  Gas-Fitting 
in  Workshops  and  Theatres.  Gas-Fitting  for  Festival  Illuminations.  Gas 
Fires  and  Cooking  Stoves.     Index. 

Practical     Graining    and     Marbling.      With    76 

Illustrations. 

C<7«^^«/^.— Introduction,  Tools,  and  Mechanical  Aids.  Graining  Grounds 
and  Graining  Colours.  Oak  Graining  in  Oil.  Oak  Graining  in  Spirit  and 
Water  Colours.  Pollard  Oak  and  Knotted  Oak  Graining.  Maple  Graining. 
Mahogany  aud  Pitchpine  Graining.  Walnut  Graining.  Fancy  Wood  Gram- 
ing.  Furniture  Graining.  Imitating  Woods  by  Staining.  Imitating  Inlaid 
Woods.  Marbling  :  Introduction,  Tools,  and  Materials.  Imitating  Varieties 
of  Marble.     Index. 

In   Preparation. 

Practical      Plumbers'     Work.       With     Numerous 
Illustrations. 

CASSELL  &  COMPANY,  Limited,  La  Belle  Sauvage,  London,  E.C 

I 


"WORK"    HANDBOOKS. 

A  Series  of  Practical  Manuals. 

Edited   by   PAUL   N.    HASLUCK,    Editor   of  "WORK." 
Illustrated.     Cloth,  is.  ;  or  Post  Free,  is.  2d.  each. 

House    Decoration,       Comprising     Whitewashing,      Paperhanging, 

Painting,  etc     With  79  Engravings  a  nd  Diagrams. 
Contenis.—Co\ouTand  Paints,  Pigments,  Oils,  Driers,  Varnishes,  etc.    Tools  used  by  Painters. 
How  to  Mix  Oil  Paints.     Distemper  or  Tempera  Painting.     Whitewaishing  and  Decorating  a 
Ceiling.    Painting  a  Room.    Papermg  a  Room.    Embellishment  of  Walls  and  Ceilings.    Index. 

Boot   Making   and   Mending.      Including    Repairing,   Lasting,   and 

Finishing.     With  179  Engravings  and  Diagrams. 
C<»Ki*n«.— Repairing  Heels  and  Hali-Soling.     Patching  Boots  and  Shoes.     Re- Welting  and 
Re-Soling.      Boot  Making.     Lasting  the  Upper.     Sewing  and  Stitching.     Making  the  Heel. 
Knifinsf  and  Finishing.     Making  Riveted  Boots  emd  Shoes.     Index. 

How  to  Write  Signs,  Tickets,  and  Posters.    With  170  Engravings 

and  Diaigrains. 
Cements. — The   Formation   of  Letters,   Stops,    and   Numerals.      The  Sign-writer's  Outfit. 
Making  Signboards  and  Laving  Ground  Colours.     The  Simpler  Forms  of  Lettering.     Shaded 
and  Fancy  Lettering.    Painting  a  Signboard.    Ticket-Writing.     Poster-Painting.    Lettering 
with  Gold,  etc.     Index. 

Wood  Finisning.     Comprising  Staining,  Varnishing,   and  Polishing. 

With  Enyrav.ngs  and  Diagrams. 
Contents. — Processes  of  Finishing  Wood.  Processes  of  Staining  Wood.  French  Polishing. 
Fillers  for  Wood  and  Filling  In.  Bodying  In  and  Spiriting  Off.  Glazing  and  Wax  Finishing, 
Oil  Polishing  and  Drj  Shining.  Re-polishing  and  Reviving.  Hard  Stopping  or  Beaumontage. 
Treatment  01  Floors.  Stains.  Processes  of  Varnishing  Wood.  Varnishes.  Re-polishmg 
Shop  Fronts,     Index. 

Dynamos  and  :Electric  Motors.      With  142  Engravings  and  Diagrams. 

con/(;««. -Introduction.  Siemens  Dynanio.  Gramme  Dynamo.  Manchester  Dynamo. 
Simplex  Dynamo".  Calculating  the  Size  and  Amount  01  Wire  tor  Small  Dynamos.  Ailments 
0<  Small  Dynamo  Electric  Machines:  their  Causes  and  Cures.  Small  Electro-Motors  Without 
Castings.  How  to  Determine  the  Direction  of  R  otation  of  a  Motor.  How  to  Make  a  Shuttle. 
Armature  Motor.    Undertype  50- Watt  Dynamo.    Manchester  Type  440- Watt  Dynamo.   Inde.x. 

Decorative  Designs  of  All  Ages  and  for  All  Purposes.    With 

»77  Engravings  and  Diagramis. 
Contents.— Savage   Ornament.     Egyptian  Ornament.     Assyrian  Ornament     Greek  Orna- 
ment.     Romjin   Ornament.      Early   Christian    Ornament      Arabic    Ornament      Celtic  and 
Scandmavian  Ornaments.      Mediaeval    Ornament      Renascence    and    Modem    Ornaments. 
Chinese  Ornament     Persian  Ornament     Indian  Ornament    Japanese  Ornament    Index. 

Mounting  and  Framing  Piciures.    With  240  Engravings,  etc. 

Contents.-  Making  Picture  Frames.  Notes  on  Art  Frames.  Picture  Frame  Cramps. 
Making  Oxford  Frames.  Gilding  Picture  Frames.  Methods  of  Mounting  Pictures.  Making 
Photograph  Frames.     Frames  covered  with  Plush  and  Cork.     Hanging  and  Packing  Pictures. 

Smiths'  Work.     With  211  Engravings  and  Diagrams. 

CoM/<rn/j.— Forges  and  Appliances.  Hand  Tools.  Drawir.g  Down  and  Upsetting.  Welding 
and  launching.  Conditions  of  Work:  Principles  of  Formation.  Bending  and  Ring  Making. 
Miscellaneous  Examples  of  Forged  Work.  Cranks,  Model  Work,  and  Die  Forgmg.  Home- 
made Forges.  The  Manipulation  01  Steel  at  the  Forge.     Index. 

Glass  Working  by  Heat  and  Abrasion.    With  300  Engravings  and 

i>iayrams. 
Contents.— AppWasic&s  used  in  Glass  Blowing.  Manipulating  Glass  Tubing.  Blowing  Bulbs 
and  Flasks.  Jointing  Tubes  to  Bulbs  forming  Thistle  Funnels,  etc.  Blowing  and  Etching 
Glass  hancy  Arncles  :  Embossing  and  Gilding  Flat  Surfaces.  Utilising  Broken  Glass  Appara- 
tus :  Bonng  Holes  in  and  Riveting  Glass.  Hand-working  of  Telescof)*  Specula.  Turning, 
Chipping,  and  Grinding  Glass.    The  Manufacture  of  Glass.    Index. 

Building   Model   Boats.     With  168  Engravings  and  Diagrams. 

Coficenrs.— Building  Model  Yachts,  Rigging  and  Sailing  Model  V.-xchts.  Making  and 
Fitting  Simple  Model  Boats.  Building  a  Model  .Atlantic  Liner.  Vertical  Engine  for  a  Model 
Launch.  Model  Launch  Engine  with  Reversing  Gear,  Making  a  Show  Case  for  a  Model 
Boat    Index. 

Electric  Bells,  How  to  Make  and  Fit  Them.    With  163  Engravings 

and  Diagrams. 
Con.'€>iu.—  The  Electric  Current  and  the  Laws  that  Govern  it    Current  Conductors  used 
In  Electric  Bell  Work.     Wiring  for  Electric  Bells.     Elaborated  Systems  of  Wiring  ;  Burglar 
Alarms.      Batteries   for  Electnc  Bells.      The  Construction  of  Electric   Bells,   Pushes,   and 
Switches.     Indicators  for  Electric  Bell  Systems.      Index. 

Bamboo  Work.     With  177  Engravings  and  Diagrams. 

Contents.— Bamboo:  Its  Sources  and  Uses.  How  to  Work  Bamboo.  Bamboo  Tables. 
Bamboo  Chairs  and  Scots.  Bamboo  Bedroom  Furniture.  Bamboo  Hall  Racks  and  Stands. 
Bamboo  Music  Racks.  Bamboo  Cabinets  and  Bookcases.  Bamboo  Window  Blinds.  Miscel- 
laneous Articles  of  Bamboo.    Bamboo  Mail  Cart    Index. 

[Continued  on  next  page. 
CASSELL    &    COMPANY,  Limited,  La  Belle  Sauvage,  London,  E.C. 

II 


**  WORK"  HANDBOOKS  {continued). 

Tazidemiy.     With  108  Engravitigs  and  Diagrams. 

Contents. —S\dno.\iiz  Birds.  Stuffing  and  Mounting  Birds.  Skinning  and  Stuffing  Nfammals, 
Mounting  Aniniais'  Homed  Heads  :  Polishing  and  Mounting  Horns.  Skinning,  Stuffing,  and 
Casting  Fish.  Preserving.  Cleaning,  and  Dyeing  Skins.  Preserving  Insects,  and  Birds'  Eggs. 
Cases  for  Mounting  Specimens^     Index. 

Tailoring.     With  180  Engravings  and  Diajsn-ams. 

Cci'i.c««.— Tailors'  Requisites  and  Methods  of  Stitching.  Simple  Repairs  and  Pressing. 
Re-lining,  Re-pocketing,  and  Re-collaring.  How  to  Cut  and  Make  Trousers.  How  to  Cut  and 
Make  Vests.  Cutting  and  Making  Lounge  and  Reefer  Jackets.  Cutting  and  Making  Morning 
and  Frock  Coats,     Index. 

Photographic   Cameras  and   Accessories.     Comprising  How  to 
Make  Camkra?,  Dark  Slides,  Shutters,  and  Stands.    With  240  lUustrations. 
Om/^w/j.— Photographic  Lenses  and  how  to  Test  them.      Modern   Half  plate  Cameras. 
Hand  and  Pocket  Cameras.   Ferrotype  Cameras.    Stereoscopic  Cameras.    Enlarging  Cameras. 
Dark  Slides.    Exposure  Shutters.     Camera  Stands.    Index. 

Optical  Lanterns.    Comprising  The  Construction  and  Management 
OF  Optical  Lanterns  and  the  making  of  Slides.    With  160  Illustrations. 

Contents. Single  Lanterns.     Dissolving  View  Lanterns.    Illuminants  lor  Optical  Lanterns, 

Optical  Lantern  Accessories.  Conducting  a  Limelight  Lantern  Exhibition.  Experiments 
with  Optical  Lanterns.  Painting  Lantern  Slides.  Photographic  Lantern  Slides.  Mechanical 
Lantern  Slides.     Cinematograph  Management.     Index. 

Engraving  Metals.     With  117  Illustrations. 

contents. — Introduction  and  Terms  ixsed.  Engravers' Tools  and  their  Uses.  Elementary 
Exercises  in  Engraving.  Engraving  Plate  and  Precious  Metals.  Engraving  Monograms. 
Transfer  Processes  of  Engraving  Metals.  Engraving  Name  Plates.  Engraving  Coffin  Plates. 
Engraving  Steel  Plates.    Chasing  and  Embossing  Metals.    Etching  Metals.     Index. 

Basket  Work.     With  189  Illustrations. 

Ccft'ents  —Tcols   and   Materials.      Simple   Baskets.      Grocers'   Square   Baskets.    Round 
Baskets      Oval  Baskets.     Flat  Fruit  Baskets.     Wicker  Elbow  Chairs.     Basket  Bottle-casmgs. 
Doctors'  and  Chemists'  Baskets.    Fancy  Basket  Work.     Sussex  Trug  Basket.    Miscellaneous 
Basket  Work.     Index. 
Bookbinding.     With  125  Engravings  and  Diagrams. 

CofWcwtr.— Bookbinders'  Appliances.  Folding  Printed  Bonk  Sheets.  Beating  and  Sewing. 
Rounding.  Packing,  and  Cover  Cutting.  Cutting  Book  Edges.  Covering  Books.  Cloth- 
bound  Books,  Pamphlets,  etc.  Accofint  Books,  Ledgers,  etc.  Colouring  and  Marblmg 
Book  Edges.  Gilding  Book  Edges.  Sprinkling  and  Marbling  Book  Covers.  Gddmg  and 
Ornamenting  Book  Covers.     Index. 

Bent  Ironwork.  Including  Elementary  Art  Metal  Work.  With 
269  Engravings  and  Designs. 
C<w/««£r.— Tools  and  Materials.  Bending  and  Working-Strip  Iron.  Simple  Exercises  in 
Bent  Iron.  Floral  Ornaments  for  Bent  Ironwork— Candlesticks,  Hall  Lanterns,  Screens, 
Grilles,  etc..  Table  Lamps,  Suspended  Lamps  and  Flower  Bowls,  Photograph  Frames, 
Newspaper  Rack.  Floor  Lamps,  Miscellaneous  Examples.    Index. 

Photography.     With  70  Engravings  and  Diagrams. 

Contents. — The  Camera  and  its  Accessories.  The  Studio  and  Darkroom.  Plates.  Ex. 
posure.  Developing  and  Fixing  Negatives.  Intensificarion  and  Reduction  of  Negatives. 
Portraiture  and  Picture  Composition.  Flashlight  Photography.  Retouching  Negatives, 
Processes  of  Printing  from  Negatives.  Mounting  and  Finishing  Prints.  Copymg  and 
Enlarging.     Stereoscopic  Photography.    Ferrotype  Photography,    Index. 

Upholstery.     With  162  Engravings  and  Diagrams. 

Con  ents.— Upholster  rs' Materials.  Upholsterers' Tool-.  Webbing,  Sprirgirg,  Stuffing, 
and  Tuitiiig.  Maki.  g  Seat  Cushions  and  Squabs.  Upholstering  an  Easy  Ch-ir.  Upholster- 
ing Couches  :^nd  Sofas  UphoKtering  Footstools,  Fenderett' s,  etc.  Miscellant^ons  Up- 
holstery Mattress  Making  and  Repairing  Ren  vati-  g  and  Repairing  Upholstered 
Furniture.    C^irpet  Planning  aid  Laying.     Linoleum  Laying.     Fancy  Upholstery.    Iiide.x. 

Leather  Working.     With  152  Engravings  and  Diagrams. 

Ccm'enis  —Qualities  and  Varieties  of  Leather.  Strap  Cutting  and  flaking.  Letter  Cases 
and  Writing  Pads.  Hair  Brush  and  Collar  Cases.  Hat  Cases.  Banjo  and  Mandoline  Cases. 
Bags.  Portmanteaux  and  Travelling  Trunk;.  Knaps icks  and  Satchels.  Leather  Orna- 
mentition.    Footballs.    Dyeing  Leather.    Miscellaneous  Examples  of  Leather  Work.    Index. 

Saddlery.     With  qg  Engravings  and  Diagrams, 

C£>«^d'««.— Gentleman's  Riding  Saddle.  Panel  for  Gentleman's  Saddle.  Ladies'  Side 
Sadd.es.  Children's  Saddles  or  Pilches.  Saddle  Cruppers,  Breastplates,  and  other  Acces- 
sories. Riding  Bridles.  Breakirg-down  Tackle.  Head  Collars.  Hurse  Clothing.  Knee-caps 
and  Miscellaneous  Articles.  Repairing  H  Tiiess  and  Sadalery.  Re-lining  Collars  and  Saddles. 
Riding  ana  Driving  Whips.    Superior  Set  of  Gig  Harness. 

Harness  Making.     With  197  E-gravings  and  Diagrams. 

Cc;;ii'!;«;j.  —  Harness-makers'  Tools.  Harne=s-makf rs'  Materials.  Simple  Exercises  in 
Stitching.  Looping.  Cart  Harness.  Cart  -c  liars.  Cart  Saddles.  Fore  Gear  and  Leader 
Harness.  Plough  Harness.  Bits,  Spurs,  Stirrups,  and  Harness  Furniture.  Van  and  Cab 
Harness. 

Other  Volumes  in   Preparation. 

CASSELL  &  COMPANY,   Limited,  La  Belle  Sauvage,  London,  B.C. 
Covers.]  .  HI